Preface, Contents
Configuration 1
ET 200C Configuration Options 2
ET 200C Components 3
Mechanical and Electrical
Installation 4
Address Assignment and Param-
eterization with COM ET 200 5
Startup and Test with
COM ET 200 6
Fault Diagnostics with the
IM 308-B 7
Fault Diagnostics with the
IM 308-C 8
Connection of the
ET 200 Handheld 9
General Technical Specifications 10
Digital Modules 11
Analog Modules 12
Other ET 200C Components 13
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C
Modules A
Type files B
Safety-Related Guidelines C
Glossary, Index
EWA 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Edition 03
ET 200C
Distributed I/O Station
Manual
SIMATIC
This manual contains notices which you should observe to ensure your own personal safety,
as well as to protect the product and connected equipment. These notices are highlighted in
the manual by a warning triangle and are marked as follows according to the level of danger:
!Danger
indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage will result if
proper precautions are not taken.
!Warning
indicates that death, severe personal injury or substantial property damage can result if
proper precautions are not taken.
!Caution
indicates that minor personal injury or property damage can result if proper precautions are
not taken.
Note
draws your attention to particularly important information on the product, handling the
product, or to a particular part of the documentation.
Only qualified personnel should be allowed to install and work on this equipment. Quali-
fied persons are defined as persons who are authorized to commission, to ground, and to tag
circuits, equipment, and systems in accordance with established safety practices and stan-
dards.
The device/system may only be set up and operated in conjunction with this manual.
Note the following:
!Warning
This device and its components may only be used for the applications described in the cata-
log or the technical description, and only in connection with devices or components from
other manufacturers which have been approved or recommended by Siemens.
This product can only function correctly and safely if it is transported, stored, set up, and
installed correctly, and operated and maintained as recommended.
SIMATIC and SINEC are registered trademarks of SIEMENS AG.
Copyright
Copyright Siemens AG 1994 All Rights Reserved
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents
is not permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be
liable for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant
or registration of a utility model or design, are reserved.
Exclusion of Liability
We have checked the contents of this manual for agreement with the
hardware and software described. Since deviations cannot be preclu-
ded entirely, we cannot guarantee full agreement. However, the data
in this manual is reviewed regularly and any necessary corrections
included in subsequent editions. Suggestions for improvement are
welcomed.
Technical data subject to change.
Safety Guidelines
Qualified Personnel
Correct Usage
iii
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Preface
The information in this manual will enable you to:
install, connect and operate the ET 200C distributed I/O station,
look up the module characteristics and technical data.
This section shows you how the manual is structured.
What configuration options do I
have with ET 200C?
What are the components of ET 200C?
What is involved in mechanical and
electrical installation?
How do I perform startup and testing
with COM ET 200?
Errors?
Technical data?
Chap. 2
Chap. 3
Chap. 4
Chap. 6
Chap. 7, 8
What is ET 200C? Chap. 1
How do I set the address and parameters
with COM ET 200? Chap. 5
How do I connect the ET 200 handheld? Chap. 9
Chap. 10, 11, 12, 13
Pin assignment, type files? Appendix A, B
This manual covers all the ET 200C modules that can be addressed with the
DP standard bus protocol. Each of these ET 200C modules has an order
number beginning with 6ES7 (See Chapter 10.1).
This manual is applicable to operation of ET 200C in conjunction with
IM 308-B master interface and COM ET 200
IM 308-C master interface and COM ET 200 Windows.
Operation with the IM 308-B master interface and COM ET 200 is described
in detail in this manual.
Purpose
of the Manual
Contents
of the Manual
Scope
of the Manual
iv ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
As regards operation of ET 200C with the IM 308-C master interface and
COM ET 200 Windows, this manual describes only parameterization with
COM ET 200 Windows. See the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed
I/O System (order number 6ES5 998-3ES12) for detailed information on how
to use COM ET 200 Windows and on working with the FB IM 308C standard
function block.
COM ET 200 Windows has an online Help system that provides valuable
assistance for starting up and operating the ET 200C modules.
This manual follows on from the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed
I/O System, which is the master description for the series.
You must read and understand the manual ET 200 Distributed I/O System in
order to use this manual.
A number of features in this manual will help you to obtain quick access to
the information you require:
At the start of the manual you will find a general table of contents, plus a
list of all the illustrations and a list of all the tables in the manual.
On each page throughout the manual, the bold-face headings on the left
summarize the contents of the individual passages.
The Appendices are followed by a Glossary containing definitions of the
important terms used in this manual.
The manual closes with a detailed index that you can use to find
information on the topic of your choice.
The ET 200C modules function as DP standard slaves in accordance with the
definitions of DIN E 19245, Parts 1 and 3.
Please address all questions about the ET 200C distributed I/O station to:
Hotline SIMATIC
Erlangen
Phone (+ 49 for Germany) 9131/7-43344
You will find suggestion sheets at the end of the manual. Please note any
suggestions or proposals you may have on these sheets and return them to
use. Your suggestions will help us improve the next edition of the manual.
Scope
of the Manual
(Continued)
Other Important
Manuals
Quick Access
Standards
Questions
Suggestions
Preface
v
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Contents
1 Configuration 1-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 What is the ET 200? 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 What is the ET 200C? 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2 ET 200C Configuration Options 2-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Overview of the ET 200C Configuration Options 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1 Configuration with Power Supply Connector without T Connector 2-4. . . .
2.1.2 Configuration with Power Supply Connector and with T Connectors 2-7.
2.1.3 Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.4 Configuration without Power Supply Connector 2-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.5 Configuration with Programmer Connector 2-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3 ET 200C Components 3-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) 3-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) 3-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) 3-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V
(6ES 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 3-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) 3-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) 3-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) 3-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11) 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11) 3-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12) 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 1 Cables 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11) 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.13 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11) 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
vi ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4 Mechanical and Electrical Installation 4-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 Installation of ET 200C 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Electrical Wiring of the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station 4-3. . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 Grounded Configuration 4-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Ungrounded Configuration 4-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Wiring of the ET 200C 4-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.1 Wiring of the Bus Connection 4-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.2 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) 4-13. . . . . . .
4.3.3 Wiring of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0)
and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) 4-15. . . . . . .
4.3.4 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.5 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 4-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.6 Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0) 4-21. . . . . . .
4.3.7 Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0) 4-30. . . . . . . . .
4.3.8 Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0) 4-35. . . . . . . .
4.3.9 Wiring of the Load Voltage Supply 4-41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3.10 Wiring of the External Power Supply to the PS Connector 4-42. . . . . . . . . .
4.4 Setting DIL Switches on Analog Modules of ET 200C 4-43. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 Setting the Station Number of Analog Modules by Means of
DIL Switch Block S1 4-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Setting the Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit 4-46. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.3 Setting Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit 4-50. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.4 Setting Connection Mode for Analog Module ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit 4-52. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5 Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200 5-1. . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1 Address Assignment with COM ET 200 V4.x 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Enter Station Number 5-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 Enter Address Area and Station Type 5-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.3 Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier 5-7. . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.4 Enter Parameterization Frame with COM ET 200 V4.x 5-12. . . . . . . . . . . . .
6 Startup and Test with COM ET 200 6-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 Connecting the Programmer 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 Starting Up and Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station 6-4. . . . . . . .
6.3 Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station 6-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B 7-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems 7-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 Using COM ET 200 V4.x to Diagnose Problems 7-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnosis) 7-7. . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1 “Overview” Diagnostics 7-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 ”Parameter Assignment and Addressability” Diagnostics 7-12. . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.3 Station Status Diagnostics 7-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
vii
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.3.4 Manufacturer Identification Diagnostics 7-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.5 Device-related Diagnostics – Digital ET 200C 7-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8 Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C 8-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems 8-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics) 8-6. . . . . . . . .
8.2.1 Diagnosing the station status 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.2 Diagnosing the Manufacturer Identification 8-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.3 Device-related Diagnostics – Digital ET 200C 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.4 Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics – Analog ET 200C 8-21. . . .
9 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld 9-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld 9-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10 General Technical Specifications 10-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10.1 Overview of Digital and Analog Modules for the ET 200C 10-2. . . . . . . . . . .
10.2 General Technical Specifications 10-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11 Digital Modules 11-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0BX0) 11-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) 11-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) 11-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 11-16. . . . . . . . . . . . .
12 Analog Modules 12-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.1 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) 12-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) 12-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) 12-33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13 Other ET 200C Components 13-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.1 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11) 13-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.2 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11) 13-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.3 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12) 13-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.4 Cables 13-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.5 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11) 13-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13.6 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11) 13-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
viii ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
A Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules A-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A.1 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Digital Modules A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A.2 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules A-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B Type Files B-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B.1 Type Files, ET 200C Digital Modules for COM ET 200 V4.x B-2. . . . . . . . .
B.1.1 Type File SN8010TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DI DP B-3. . . . . . . . . . .
B.1.2 Type File SN8011TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO DP B-4. . . . . . . . . .
B.1.3 Type File SN8012TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO/2A DP B-5. . . . . . .
B.1.4 Type File SN8013TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-16DI/16DO/2A DP B-6.
B.2 Type Files of ET 200C Analog Modules for COM ET 200 Windows B-7. .
B.2.1 Type File SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP B-8. . . . . .
B.2.2 Type File SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP B-13. . . . . . .
B.2.3 Type File SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP B-16. . . . . .
C Safety-Related Guidelines C-1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C.1 Active and Passive Faults in Automation Equipment C-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C.2 Suggestions for Configuring and Installing a Distributed I/O Station C-3. .
Contents
ix
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Figures
1-1 ET 200 Bus Users Described in this Manual 1-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 ET 200C Digital and Analog Modules 1-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-3 Other ET 200C Components 1-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1 Legend 2-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through
at ET 200C Slave Station 2-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through
with T Connectors 2-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4 Rule for Use of a T Connector 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5 Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors 2-11. . . . . . . . . . . .
2-6 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus Looped Through with T Connectors –
Individual External Power Supply to Each Slave Station 2-13. . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7 Rules for Use of a T Connector 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-8 Rules for Current Connection 2-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-9 Configuration with Programmer Connector 2-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) 3-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) 3-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) 3-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V
with Circular Connector
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) 3-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-5 Digital I/O Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V with
Conduit Thread Glands (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 3-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-6 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) 3-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-7 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) 3-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-8 Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) 3-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-9 T Connector 3-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-10 Power Supply Connector 3-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-11 Programmer Connector 3-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-12 Terminating Resistor 3-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-13 Adapter Cable 3-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1 Grounded Configuration for ET 200C with 24 V DC
Current/Load Voltage Supply 4-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2 Ungrounded Configuration for ET 200C 4-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-3 Bus Connections of the ET 200C Modules 4-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-4 Sensor Supply Returned to Input without Load 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5 Sensor Supply Returned to Input with Load 4-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-6 Output Returned to Input without Load 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-7 Output Returned to Input with Load 4-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8 Output Returned to Input without Load 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9 Output Returned to Input with Load 4-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10 Arrangement of Screw Terminals of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 4-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-11 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable 4-21. . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4-12 Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-13 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples
for Floating Measurement and External Floating Compensation 4-24. . . . .
4-14 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for
Non-Floating Measurement and External Non-Floating Compensation 4-25
4-15 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for
Non-Floating Measurement and Internal Compensation 4-26. . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers
(Pt 100) in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement 4-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-17 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers
(Pt 100) in 4-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement 4-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-18 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors
in 2-Wire Circuit for Non-Floating Measurement 4-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-19 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable 4-30. . . . . . . . . .
4-20 Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit 4-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors
in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement 4-33. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-22 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Current Sensors
in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement 4-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-23 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable 4-35. . . . . . . . . .
4-24 Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit 4-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-25 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 4-Wire Circuit
for Voltage Output 4-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-26 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit
for Voltage Output 4-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-27 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit
for Current Output 4-40. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-28 DIL Switch Block in Default Position (As Delivered) 4-44. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-29 Example of How to Set a Station Number at DIL Switch
Block S1 4-45. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-30 Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 4-47. . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-31 Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4 4-49. . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-32 Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5 4-51. . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1 “CONFIGURING” Screen (1) 5-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2 “CONFIGURING” Screen (2) 5-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-3 ”CONFIGURING” Screen (3) 5-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-4 Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 0 5-13. . . . . . .
5-5 Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 1 5-13. . . . . . .
6-1 Connecting the Programmer to the ET 200C 6-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6-2 Connecting the Programmer to the SINEC L2-DP Field Bus 6-3. . . . . . . .
6-3 “SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATION SELECTED” Screen 6-5. . . . . . . .
6-4 ”SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATUS/CONTROL” Screen 6-7. . . . . . . . . .
7-1 ”INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS” Screen 7-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-2 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the
Diagnostics ”Overview” 7-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-3 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the
Diagnostics for ”Parameter Assignment and Addressability” 7-13. . . . . . . .
7-4 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Station
Status (Station Status 1 and Station Status 2) 7-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xi
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7-5 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the
Station Status (Station Status 3 and Master Address) 7-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-6 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Request for Manufacturer
Identification 7-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-7 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Header
and the Device-related Diagnostics of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A 7-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-8 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the
Device-related Diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V, ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A 7-20. . . . . . . . . .
8-1 Diagram Illustrating How Station Diagnostics is Requested
with FB IM308C 8-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-2 Structure of the Diagnostics Word (Station Status 1 and
Station Status 2) 8-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-3 Structure of the Diagnostics Word ”Station Status 3 and
Master Station Number” 8-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4 Structure of the ”Manufacturer Identification” Diagnostics Word 8-17. . . . .
8-5 Structure of the Diagnostics Word ”Header and Device-related
Diagnostics” of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V 8-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-6 Structure of the Diagnostics Word for ”Device-related Diagnostics”
for ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V; ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A 8-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-7 Structure of Diagnostics Word for Identification-related Diagnostics
(DW n + 3) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-8 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Header – Device-related Diagnostics”
(DW n + 4) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-25. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-9 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics –
Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 5) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-25. . . . . . .
8-10 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics –
Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 6) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-26. . . . . . .
8-11 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics –
Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 7) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-26. . . . . . .
8-12 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics –
Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 8) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-27. . . . . . .
8-13 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics –
Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 9) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-27. . . . . . .
8-14 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Header and Device-related
Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 10)
for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-15 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Header and Device-related
Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 12)
for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-16 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics –
Limit Value Alarm” (DW n + 6) for Analog ET 200C Modules 8-30. . . . . . . .
9-1 Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with Power Supply
Connector and without T Connector 9-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-2 Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with External
Power Supply 9-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9-3 Connection of the Handheld to the Unassigned Bus Connection
of the ET 200C Station for Configuration with
Power Supply Connector and T Connector 9-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xii ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
9-4 Connection of the Handheld to the T Connector for Configuration
with Power Supply Connector and T Connector 9-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V : Block Diagram 11-3. . . . . .
11-2 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V;
Dimension Drawing 11-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-3 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V; Dimension Drawing
with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-5. . . .
11-4 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A:
Block Diagram 11-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-5 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A;
Dimension Drawing 11-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-6 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A;
Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors
(with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-7 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A:
Block Diagram 11-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-8 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A;
Dimension Drawing 11-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-9 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A;
Dimension Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors
(with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-10 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A:
Block Diagram 11-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-11 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing 11-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-12 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing 11-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-13 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector
and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-14 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector
and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts) 11-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-1 ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Block Diagram 12-4. . . . . .
12-2 Screw Terminals and Their Assignments in the ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit 12-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-3 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit:
Dimensional Drawing 12-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-4 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit:
Dimensional Drawing with T-connector 12-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-5 ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram 12-21. . . . . . .
12-6 Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 12-21. . .
12-7 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit:
Dimensional Drawing 12-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-8 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit:
Dimensional Drawing with T-connector 12-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-9 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram 12-34. . . .
12-10 Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit 12-34. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xiii
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
12-11 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit:
Dimensional Drawing 12-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-12 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit:
Dimensional Drawing with T-connector 12-43. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-1 Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors
(with Pin/Socket Insert) 13-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-2 Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing 13-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-3 Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors
(with Pin/Socket Insert) 13-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13-4 Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing 13-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xiv ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Tables
1-1 Maximum baud rates with components of ET 200C 1-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1-2 Length of the SINEC L2 Bus Cable in Accordance
with the Baud Rate on the SINEC L2-DP Bus 1-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-1 ET 200C Configuration Options 2-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-2 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply 2-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-3 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply 2-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-4 Length of the Bus Cable, if SINEC L2-DP Field Bus
and Power Supply are Combined in One Cable 2-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-5 Current Consumption of the Digital Modules of ET 200C 2-10. . . . . . . . . . .
2-6 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply 2-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2-7 Length of the Spur Line of the Programmer Connection
in Accordance with the Baud Rate on the SINEC L2-DP Bus 2-17. . . . . . . .
3-1 ET 200C Cables 3-20. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-2 Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional
Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current Load 4 A) 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-3 Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional
Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current Load 4 A) 3-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-1 Distances between ET 200C Modules and Cable Ducts 4-2. . . . . . . . . . . .
4-2 Order Numbers for Circular Connectors 4-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-3 Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the SINEC L2-DP
is Connected 4-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-4 Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the Power Supply
is Connected 4-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-5 Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection if SINEC L2-DP and
Power Supply are Connected 4-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-6 Pin Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) 4-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-7 Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0) 4-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-8 Pin Assignments of the Inputs of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-9 Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0) 4-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-10 Connection Assignments of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) 4-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-11 Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0) 4-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-12 DIL-Switch blocks in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 4-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-13 Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0) 4-31. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-14 DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 4-32. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-15 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) 4-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-16 DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 4-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-17 Pin Assignment of the Load Voltage Supply 4-41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-18 Pin Assignment of the External Power Supply 4-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-19 Module-Specific DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 4-46. . . . .
4-20 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 4-47. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-21 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S3 4-48. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-22 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4 4-49. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xv
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4-23 Module-Specific DIL Switch Block in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 4-50. . . . . . . .
4-24 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5 4-51. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4-25 Module-specific DIL-switch block in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 4-52. . . . . . .
4-26 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2 4-53. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-1 Type File Designations for ET 200C 5-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-2 Address Identifiers for ET 200C (DP Standard) 5-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-1 Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V 7-2. . . .
7-2 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A 7-3. . . . . . . . . .
7-3 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A 7-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-4 STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities 7-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-5 Structure of the Station Diagnostics for ET 200C 7-8. . . . . . . . . . . . .
7-6 Combination of the Diagnostics ”Overview” and Diagnostics
for ”Parameter Assignment and Addressability” 7-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-1 Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V 8-2. . . .
8-2 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A 8-3. . . . . . . . . .
8-3 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A 8-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-4 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit,
AI 4 12 Bit and AO 4 12 Bit 8-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-5 STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities, Operation with IM 308-C 8-6. . . . . . . . . . . .
8-6 Structure of Station Diagnostics for Digital ET 200C Modules 8-7. . . . . . .
8-7 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 8-8. . . . . . .
8-8 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 8-9. . . . . . . .
8-9 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 8-10. . . . . . .
8-10 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block 8-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-11 Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block for ET 200C
(digital ET 200C) 8-18. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-12 Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block for ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit 8-21. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-13 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit 8-22. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8-14 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit 8-23. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-1 Parameters for Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V 11-3. . . . .
11-2 Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A 11-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-3 Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24 V/2A 11-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11-4 Parameters for Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A 11-19. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-1 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit 12-5. . . . . .
12-2 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit:
Range of Values, Bytes 25 to 28 12-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-3 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S5
with ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 12-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-4 Description of Bit for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 12-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-5 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV and
" 1000 mV) 12-9. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xvi ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
12-6 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with
Resistance Sensors 12-10. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-7 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with
Linearization; Type K Thermocouple (Nickel-Chromium/
Nickel-Aluminum, to IEC 584) 12-11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-8 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with
Linearization; Type J Thermocouple (Iron/Copper-Nickel
(Constantan), to IEC 584) 12-12. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-9 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
with Linearization; Type L Thermocouple (Iron/Copper-Nickel
(Constantan), to DIN 43710) 12-13. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-10 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7
with ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 12-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-11 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV and
" 1000 mV) 12-14. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-12 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Pt 100
Resistance Sensors 12-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-13 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type K
Thermocouple 12-15. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-14 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type N
Thermocouple 12-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-15 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type J
Thermocouple 12-16. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-16 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type E
Thermocouple 12-17. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-17 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit 12-22. . . . . . .
12-18 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit 12-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-19 Description of bits for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 12-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-20 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V, " 10 V) 12-25. . . . . . . . . . .
12-21 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(Measuring Range: " 20 mA) 12-26. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-22 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(Measuring Range: 0 ... 20 mA) 12-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-23 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(Measuring Range: 4 ... 20 mA) 12-27. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-24 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7
with ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 12-28. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-25 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V and " 10 V) 12-28. . . . . . .
12-26 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Range: " 20 mA) 12-29. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-27 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(Measuring Ranges: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA) 12-30. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-28 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit 12-35. . . . .
12-29 Substitute Value Output of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit on Interruption
in Communication 12-36. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-30 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit 12-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-31 Description of bits for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 12-37. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xvii
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
12-32 Analog Output Signals of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(Ranges of Values: " 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, " 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA) 12-38. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-33 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7
with ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 12-39. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12-34 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(Output Ranges: " 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA) 12-40. . . . . . . . . . . .
12-35 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(Output Ranges: 0 to 10 V and " 10 V) 12-41. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-1 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200 C Digital Modules,
only SINEC L2-DP Connected A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-2 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules,
only Separate Power Supply Connected A-2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-3 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules,
SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable A-2. . . .
A-4 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V and ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0BX0) A-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-5 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A,
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C;
DI16/DO16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143- 0BL00-0XB0) A-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-6 Pin Assignment, Inputs and Outputs of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0) A-3. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-7 Pin Assignment for Load Voltage Supply, ET 200C Modules
with Outputs A-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-8 Pin Assignment, External Power Supply at PSU Feed A-4. . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-9 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules,
only SINEC L2-DP Connected A-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-10 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules,
only Separate Power Supply Connected A-5. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-11 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules,
SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable A-5. . . .
A-12 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0) A-6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-13 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0) A-7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
A-14 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0) A-8. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
B-1 Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Digital Modules B-2. . . . . . . . . . . .
B-2 Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Analog Modules B-7. . . . . . . . . . .
Contents
xviii ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Contents
1-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Configuration
This chapter ”Configuration” provides you with information on
the position of the ET 200C distributed I/O station in the distributed I/O
system and
the components of the ET 200C.
In this Chapter
1
1-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
1.1 What is the ET 200?
The distributed I/O system ET 200 is based on the PROFIBUS standard
(DIN 19245, Part 1) and the PROFIBUS-DP draft standard (DIN 19245,
Part 3).
At SIEMENS, the PROFIBUS is called SINEC L2.
The field bus on which the ET 200 distributed I/O system is based, is a variant
of SINEC L2 called SINEC L2-DP. This version is designed for communication
with the distributed I/O at extremely short response times.
The distributed I/O system comprises active and passive stations, the
SINEC L2-DP field bus and the SINEC L2 network components. The
distributed I/O station is a slave station.
+
Other field
devices
SINEC L2-DP Field Bus
(2-wire or Fiber-Optic Cable)
ET 200CET 200B ET 200U
IM 308-B
IM 308-C
Figure 1-1 ET 200 Bus Users Described in this Manual
Definition
Stations Described
in this Manual
Configuration
1-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
1.2 What is the ET 200C?
The ET 200C Distributed I/O Station is part of the ET 200 Distributed I/O
System.
The ET 200C digital and analog modules each form a slave station.
8DO
8DI
8DO/2A
16DI/16DO
Digital Input Module
DI 8 DC 24V
Digital Output Module
DO 8 DC 24V/0,5A
Digital Output Module
DO 8 DC 24V/2A
Digital Input/Output Module
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
4/8AI
4AI
4AO
Analog Input Module
AI 4/8 12 Bit
Analog Input Module
AI 4 12 Bit
Analog Output Module
AO 4 12 Bit
Figure 1-2 ET 200C Digital and Analog Modules
Range of Modules
Configuration
1-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
What is the ET 200C?, Continued
ET 200C also includes other components. Not all components may be neces-
sary for operation:
SV
SV-
Einsp.
T-Connector
Power Supply Connector
(PS Conn.)
Programmer Connector
Bus Cable
Power Supply Cable
Combined Bus/
Power-Supply Cable
Adapter Cable
2-core
5-core
3-core
PG
Terminating Resistor
Figure 1-3 Other ET 200C Components
All ET 200C components can be addressed under the DP standard bus proto-
col.
Note
ET 200C can be operated with the following master interface modules and
versions of COM ET 200:
IM 308-B (revision level 5 or higher) and COM ET 200 (V4.0 or later,
see Chapters 5 and 6), only in conjunction with ET 200C digital modules
IM 308-C (revision level 1 or higher) and COM ET 200 Windows
Other Components
Operating ET 200C
Configuration
1-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The ET 200C Distributed I/O Station has the following characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67
All components of the ET 200C (excluding adapter cables) are designed
with degree of protection IP 66 and 67. However, IP 66 and IP 67 are only
ensured if the installation rules in Section 4.1 are observed.
Compact design
ET 200C is ideal for applications where space is at a premium. A digital
input module with T connector, for example, measures only
289 129 57 mm. An analog module with T connector measures a
mere 289 101 57 mm.
Connections
– Digital inputs and/or digital outputs, analog inputs or analog outputs
– Protective conductor connection for each input/output (digital modules
only)
– 2-wire and 3-wire proximity switches can be connected
Electrical isolation between the SINEC L2-DP field bus and the process
side of the ET 200C modules.
Direct connection of programmer or ET 200 handheld possible (with
adapter cable and programmer with programmer interface module
CP5410-S5DOS/ST)
– For setting the station number (digital modules require ET 200
handheld; analog modules by means of internal DIL switches or the
ET 200 handheld)
– For testing and startup
– Diagnostics
Diagnostics of the inputs/outputs for the following types of fault (can be
switched of f with COM ET 200)
– Short-circuit/overload of the sensor supply or outputs
– Wire break in sensor supply (except in DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A)
or at the outputs
– Load voltage of the outputs (digital modules only)
A diagnostic report on defective inputs/outputs can also be output via the
IM 308-B master interface module.
Characteristics of
the ET 200C
Configuration
1-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The digital modules have the following LEDs
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (diagnostics of the inputs/outputs or undervoltage of the outputs)
–U
L
in DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and DO 8 DC 24V/2A or UL1, UL2 in
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (load voltage supply of the outputs)
– Status of the inputs/outputs or individual diagnostics
The analog modules have the following LEDs
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (diagnostics of the inputs/outputs)
High data throughput:
The bus accommodates, for example, the IM 308-C master interface and
ten ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A distributed I/O stations each
with 2-byte inputs/outputs. The baud rate is 12 Mbaud. The reaction time
for a complete data cycle is thus 0.45 ms.
The reaction time tDP for a data cycle is calculated as follows:
tDP = A
+ (B + (number of I/O bytes Tbyte)) [slave 1]
+ (B + (number of I/O bytes Tbyte)) [slave 2]
+ ...
+ (B + (number of I/O bytes Tbyte)) [slave n]
A, B, Tbyte = master-dependent constants
Table 1-1 Maximum baud rates with components of ET 200C
With master interface ET 200C components Maximum baud rate
IM 308-B All digital modules 1.500 kbaud
IM 308-C All digital modules 12.000 kbaud
IM 308-C All digital modules 1.500 kbaud
Characteristics of
the ET 200C
(Continued)
Configuration
1-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Length of the SINEC L2 bus cable
The following values apply for the SINEC L2 bus cable in accordance
with the baud rate on the bus when configuring the ET 200C.
Table 1-2 Length of the SINEC L2 Bus Cable in Accordance with the Baud Rate on
the SINEC L2-DP Bus
Baud rate Max. length of bus cable
< 500 kbaud 500 m/segment
500 kbaud 400 m/segment
1500 kbaud 200 m/segment
> 1500 kbaud 100 m/segment
Configuration
1-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Configuration
2-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Configuration Options
This chapter describes the configuration options offered to you by ET 200C.In this Chapter
2
2-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
2.1 Overview of the ET 200C Configuration Options
The table below contains the various configuration options made available by
ET 200C.
Table 2-1 ET 200C Configuration Options
PS connector Configuration Described in
Configuration
with power supply
t
Configuration with power supply
connector and without T connector Section 2.1.1
connector Configuration with power supply
connector and with T connector Section 2.1.2
Configuration with several power
supply connectors (the level of
expansion with one power supply
connector is limited)
Section 2.1.3
Configuration with programmer
connector Section 2.1.5
Configuration
without power
supply connector
Configuration without power
supply connector Section 2.1.4
pp y
(each module has
a separate power
supply)
Configuration with programmer
connector Section 2.1.5
Configuration
Options
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The ET 200C configuration options are described in the following sections
by means of diagrams which are based on the following legend:
SV
PS
T Connector
Power Supply Connector
Programmer Connector
Bus Cable
PS Cable
Bus Cable incl. PS Cable
Adapter Cable
2-core
5-core
3-core (see note)
PG
Terminating Resistor
conn.
Figure 2-1 Legend
Note
You will require a 3-core cable for the load voltage supply and the separate
power supply connectors of the digital modules. You can, however, also use
the prefabricated, 5-core cable from Siemens for the load voltage. Two of
the conductors will then not be used in this case (see Section 3.11).
Legend for the
Following
Sections
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
2.1.1 Configuration with Power Supply Connector without T Connector
In a configuration with looped field bus and power supply, the individual
modules are connected directly to the field bus.
The power supply is combined with the field bus in a single cable via the
power supply connector.
You do not need a T connector.
The power supply is run over the bus cable, i.e. no external power supply is
required for the slave station.
If a slave station is disconnected from the bus, the “Bus traffic” is interrupted
for slave stations located further down the line.
Since there is then no terminating resistor available, bus traffic might be dis-
turbed for slave stations still connected to the bus.
The level of expansion using one power supply connector is limited
(see Section 2.1.3).
Different types of cable can be used for the various configurations:
Read Section 3.11 if you wish to use prefabricated cables from Siemens.
Read Section 4.3 if you wish to prepare the cables yourself.
Definition
Advantage
Constraint
Cables
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
A possible configuration with power supply connector and without
T connector can be seen in Fig. 2-2:
8DO
4AO1)
4/8AI
SV
8DO
External Power
Supply
SINEC L2-DP
PS
conn.
16DI/16DO
Load Voltage
Supply Looped On
Load Voltage
Supply for
Channel Group Q0
Load Voltage Supply for Channel
Group Q1
1) No separate load voltage
supply is necessary for
analog output modules
External Load
Voltage Supply
Figure 2-2 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through at
ET 200C Slave Station
Configuration
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Configuration with Power Supply Connector without T Connector,
Continued
The maximum permissible current for the external load voltage supply is
limited:
Table 2-2 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply
Digital module Total permissible current load
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A max. 4 A
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ambient temperature:
–25 ... +25 C max. 10 A
+26 ... +40 C max. 8 A
+41 ... +60 C max. 4 A
ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(outputs in groups of 4)
Ambient temperature:
–25 ... +25 C max. 3.5 A per group of 4
+26 ... +40 C max. 2.5 A per group of 4
+41 ... +60 C max. 1.5 A per group of 4
Note
An external load voltage supply can only be looped via the digital output
module DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A until the maximum current of 4 A is reached.
The maximum current load of 4 A is not protected by means of a fuse in the
module.
Rules for the
External Load
Voltage Supply
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
2.1.2 Configuration with Power Supply Connector and with
T Connectors
In a configuration with power supply connector and T connectors, the indi-
vidual modules are connected to the field bus by T connectors.
The power supply is combined with the field bus in a single cable via the
power supply connector.
A slave station can be disconnected at any time from the bus without inter-
rupting the “Bus traffic” for the remaining slave stations.
The power supply is fed over the bus cable, i.e. no external power supply is
required for the slave stations.
The level of expansion with one power supply connector is limited
(see Section 2.1.3).
Different types of cable can be used for the various configurations:
Read Section 3.11 if you wish to use prefabricated cables from Siemens.
Read Section 4.3 if you wish to prepare the cables yourself.
Definition
Advantage
Constraint
Cables
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Configuration with Power Supply Connector and with T Connectors,
Continued
A possible configuration with power supply connector and with T connector
can be seen in Fig. 2-3:
8DO
4AO1)
4AI
SV
External Power
Supply
SINEC L2-DP
PS
conn.
8DO
16DI/16DO
Load Voltage Supply
Looped On
Load Voltage
Supply for Chan-
nel Group Q0
Load Voltage Supply for
Channel Group Q1
1) No separate load voltage
supply is necessary for
analog output modules
External Load
Voltage Supply
Figure 2-3 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply Looped Through with
T Connectors
Configuration
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The maximum permissible current for the external load voltage supply is
limited:
Table 2-3 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply
Digital module Total permissible current load
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A max. 4 A
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ambient temperature:
–25 ... +25 C max. 10 A
+26 ... +40 C max. 8 A
+41 ... +60 C max. 4 A
ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(outputs in groups of 4)
Ambient temperature:
–25 ... +25 C max. 3.5 A per group of 4
+26 ... +40 C max. 2.5 A per group of 4
+41 ... +60 C max. 1.5 A per group of 4
Note
An external load voltage supply can only be looped via the digital output
module DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A until the maximum current of 4 A is reached.
The maximum current load of 4 A is not protected by means of a fuse in the
module.
Spur lines are not permitted on the ET 200C except for the programmer or
the ET 200 handheld. This means that the 12-pin plug of the T connector is
always secured directly to the bus connection of a module.
8DI 8DI
Without Spur Line With Spur Line
Figure 2-4 Rule for Use of a T Connector
Rules for the
External Load
Voltage Supply
Rules for the
T Connector
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
2.1.3 Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors
In the configurations using a power supply connector (see Sections 2.1.2 and
2.1.1), the power supply is fed over the bus cable.
This design is limited by the following factors:
If the power supply and the SINEC L2-DP field bus are combined in one
cable, the following values apply for the length of the bus cable between
the power supply connector and the last slave station connected:
Table 2-4 Length of the Bus Cable, if SINEC L2-DP Field Bus and Power Supply
are Combined in One Cable
Current load Max. cable length
< 1 A 80 m
< 2 A 40 m
< 4 A 20 m
A maximum of 4 A can be looped via the power supply connector. The
current consumption of the digital modules limits the number of digital
modules that can be connected.
Table 2-5 Current Consumption of the Digital Modules of ET 200C
Digital module Current consumption comprises Curr ent
consumption
ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V Power supply for internal logic
and
Sensor supply
typ. 135 mA
application-specific
(see Section 4.3.2)
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A Power supply for internal logic typ. 90 mA
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A Power supply for internal logic typ. 90 mA
ET 200C; DI16/DO16 DC 24V/2A Power supply for internal logic
and
Sensor supply
typ. 90 mA
application-specific
(see Section 4.3.2)
ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit Power supply for internal logic typ. 80 mA
ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Power supply for internal logic typ. 130 mA/ 24 V
ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit Power supply for internal logic typ. 120 mA
Constraint when
Using One Power
Supply Connector
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
You are planning several power supply connectors per segment. A possible
configuration with several power supply connectors can be seen in Fig. 2-5.
8DO
8DI
8DI
SV
8DO
External Load
Voltage Supply
External
Power Supply
SINEC L2-DP
PS
SV
External
Power Supply
SINEC L2-DP1
PS
1In this case, you can use a 2 or 5-core cable. The 2 “left” connections for
“External power supply” and “SINEC L2-DP” are not jumpered!
conn.
conn.
Figure 2-5 Configuration using Several Power Supply Connectors
Remedy
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
2.1.4 Configuration without Power Supply Connector
In a configuration with a separate power supply each slave station is supplied
individually with current. This current supply may not be fed over the bus
cable.
The T connector for connecting SINEC L2-DP is essential for being able to
loop the SINEC L2-DP field bus.
The power supply is not run over the bus (2-core instead of 5-core cable).
A slave station can be disconnected at any time from the bus without the
“Bus traffic” being interrupted for slave stations further down the line, since
the field bus is looped via the T connectors.
Different types of cable can be used for the various configurations:
Read Section 3.11 if you wish to use prefabricated cables from Siemens.
Read Section 4.3 if you wish to prepare the cables yourself.
Note
You must prepare the cables yourself for the load voltage supply of
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A or ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
and for separate power supplies (see Section 4.3).
Definition
Advantage
Cables
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
A possible configuration without power supply connector can be seen in
Fig. 2-6.
4AI
8DO
4AO1)
External Load Voltage Supply
External Power Supply
SINEC L2-DP
8DO
16DI/16DO External Load
Voltage Supply for
Channel Group Q0
Load Voltage Supply for
Channel Group Q1
1) No separate load voltage
supply is necessary for
analog output modules
External Power Supply
Two-wire
Cable (!!)
External Power Supply
External Power Supply
External Power Supply
Figure 2-6 SINEC L2-DP Field Bus Looped Through with T Connectors –
Individual External Power Supply to Each Slave Station
Configuration
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Configuration without Power Supply Connector, Continued
The maximum permissible current for the external load voltage supply is
limited:
Table 2-6 Permissible Current Load for Load Voltage Supply
Digital module Total permissible current load
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A Max. 4 A
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A Ambient temperature:
–25 ... +25 C max. 10 A
+26 ... +40 C max. 8 A
+41 ... +60 C max. 4 A
ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(outputs in groups of 4)
Ambient temperature:
–25 ... +25 C max. 3.5 A per group of 4
+26 ... +40 C max. 2.5 A per group of 4
+41 ... +60 C max. 1.5 A per group of 4
Note
An external load voltage supply can only be looped via the digital output
module DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A until the maximum current of 4 A is reached.
The maximum current load of 4 A is not protected by means of a fuse in the
module.
Spur lines are not permitted on the ET 200C except for the programmer or
the ET 200 handheld. This means that the 12-pin plug of the T connector is
always secured directly to the bus connection of a module.
8DI 8DI
Without Spur Line With Spur Line
Figure 2-7 Rules for Use of a T Connector
Rules for the
External Load
Voltage Supply
Rules for the
T Connector
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Note the following rules for the external power supply:
!Caution
Risk of destroying the ET 200C modules.
Do not run the SINEC L2-DP bus and the external power supply together
through an ET 200C module. If you did, the external power supply would be
looped though the field bus to other ET 200C modules. This could cause the
gradual destruction of the ET 200C modules.
If you connect an external power supply to an ET 200C module, it is
imperative to use only the 2-core bus cable for connecting the SINEC L2-DP.
8DI
External Power
Supply
SINEC L2-DP 8DI
External Power
Supply
SINEC L2-DP
with Power
Supply
8DI
External
Power Supply
SINEC L2-DP
with Power
Supply
SINEC L2-DP
8DI
External
Power Supply
with Prefabricated Cable
SINEC L2-DP
Figure 2-8 Rules for Current Connection
Rules for Current
Connection
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
2.1.5 Configuration with Programmer Connector
If you want to connect the programmer to the SINEC L2-DP field bus within
the IP 66/IP 67 landscape, you will need a programmer (PG) connector.
In order to connect the programmer to the programmer connector, you will
require two connecting cables:
Adapter cable (see Section 3.13) and
Programmer connecting cable (Order No. 6XV1 830-1AH...)
An ET 200 handheld cannot be connected to the programmer connector. It
can only be plugged into the bus connection of a slave station (via the
adapter cable). Connection of the ET 200 handheld is described in detail in
Chapter 9.1.
A possible configuration with a programmer connector can be seen in
Fig. 2-9.
8DO
8DO/2A
8DI
SV
External Power Supply
SINEC L2-DP
PS
conn.
Adapter Cable
Programmer
Connecting Cable
External Load Voltage Supply
for Channel Group Q0
Load Voltage Supply
for Channel Group Q1
External Load
Voltage Supply
PG
IP 66/IP 67 World
IP 20 World 16DI/16DO
External Load
Voltage Supply
Figure 2-9 Configuration with Programmer Connector
Definition
Connection of the
Programmer
Configuration
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Both the 2-core and the 5-core cable can be connected to the programmer
connector.
A programmer connector can be placed anywhere on the SINEC L2-DP field
bus. The following should be noted here:
The programmer connector should not be located at the end of the bus
cable, otherwise a terminating resistor cannot be fitted.
You can place several programmer connectors on a bus. You can, however,
only connect one programmer to one of the programmer connectors on the
bus since the programmer is a station with the number 0.
The following values apply for the length of the spur line in accordance
with the baud rate on the SINEC L2-DP bus when connecting a
programmer:
Table 2-7 Length of the Spur Line of the Programmer Connection in Accordance
with the Baud Rate on the SINEC L2-DP Bus
Baud rate Max. length of the spur line
< 500 kbaud Max. 32 3 m
Max. 10 5 m
Max. 1 10 m
1500 kbaud Max. 5 2 m
(clearance of 3 m)
or
SINEC L2 bus terminal
Rules for
Connecting the
Programmer
Connector
ET 200C Configuration Options
2-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Configuration Options
3-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Components
All components of the ET 200C with their performance data and characteris-
tics are described in this chapter.
In this Chapter
3
3-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0)
The digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V has the following char-
acteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1)
Choice of six different baud rates:
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud
The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are only possible when the
module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2).
Channel-by-channel diagnostics of the inputs for wire breaks and
short-circuit/overload of the sensor supply (can be switched off with
COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4).
The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module.
In addition, each diagnostic message causes the LED ”DIA” or the
respective individual diagnostics LED to light up.
LEDs for
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (diagnostics of the module)
– Status of the inputs or individual diagnostics
Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template
at the back of the manual)
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V has the following con-
nections:
8 input channels (4-conductor connection)
2 bus connections (12-pin socket)
The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes:
– To connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus
– To connect the power supply
– To connect the field bus and incorporated power supply
The bus connections are interconnected internally.
Figure 3-1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0)
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0)
The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A has the follow-
ing characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1)
Output current per channel: 0.5 A
Choice of nine different baud rates:
9.6, 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 and 12000 kbaud
The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud can only be used if the
module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2).
Channel-by-channel diagnostics of the outputs for wire break and
short-circuit/overload and load voltage of the outputs (can be switched off
with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4).
The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module.
In addition, each diagnostic message causes the LED ”DIA” or the
respective individual diagnostics LED to light up.
LEDs for
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (diagnostics of the outputs)
–U
L
(load voltage supply of the outputs)
– Status of the outputs or individual diagnostics
Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template
at the back of the manual)
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A has the follow-
ing connections:
8 output channels (three-conductor connection)
2 bus connections (12-pin socket)
The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes:
– to connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus
– to connect the power supply
– to connect the field bus and incorporated power supply
The bus connections are interconnected internally.
2 connections for external load voltage supply:
– 6-pin male connector for feeding load voltage supply
– 6-pin socket for looping the load voltage supply
The load voltage connections are interconnected internally, i.e. the load
voltage supply can be looped via the digital output module provided a
total current of 4 A is not exceeded.
Figure 3-2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0)
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0)
The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A has the following
characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1)
Output current per channel: 2 A
Choice of nine different baud rates:
9.6, 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 and 12000 kbaud
The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud can only be used if the
module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2).
Channel-by-channel diagnostics of the outputs for wire break and
short-circuit/overload and load voltage of the outputs (can be switched off
with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4).
The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module.
In addition, each diagnostic message causes the LED ”DIA” or the
respective individual diagnostics LED to light up.
LEDs for
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (diagnostics of the outputs)
–U
L
(load voltage supply of the outputs)
– Status of the outputs or individual diagnostics
Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template
at the back of the manual)
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A has the following
connections:
8 output channels (three-conductor connection)
2 bus connections (12-pin socket)
The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes:
– to connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus
– to connect the power supply
– to connect the field bus and incorporated power supply
The bus connections are interconnected internally.
1 connection for external load voltage supply (6-pin male connector)
The load voltage supply cannot be looped if the ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A is used.
Figure 3-3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0)
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V
(6ES 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
The digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V has the
following characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1)
Two versions of the module are available with different connection
systems for the input/output channels:
with circular connectors ³ 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0
with cable gland and conduit thread ³ 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0
Output current per channel: 2 A
Choice of nine different baud rates:
9.6, 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 and 12000 kbaud
The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud can only be used if the
module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2).
Diagnostics for 4 outputs of a channel group for wire break,
short-circuit/overload and load voltage of the outputs (LED ”DIA” for
output x.0 to x.3, LED ”DIA” for output x.4 to x.7; x = 0.1).
Diagnostics for 4 inputs of a channel group for wire break,
short-circuit/overload of the sensor supply (LED ”DIA” for input x.0 to
x.3, LED ”DIA” for input x.4 to x.7; x = 0.1).
The diagnostics can be output via the IM 308-B master interface module.
Diagnostics can be switched off with COM ET 200 by means of the
parameterization telegram (see Section 5.1.2).
LEDs for
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (group diagnostics for 4 inputs and 4 outputs)
– Load voltage monitoring (UL1, UL2)
– Status of the inputs/outputs
Attachment of the module without opening the cover (drill-hole template
at the back of the manual)
Replaceable labelling strips (order no. 6ES7 790-2CA11, 5 labelling strips
on one DIN A4 sheet)
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The digital output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V has the
following connections:
16 input channels, non-floating (four-conductor connection)
16 output channel, floating in groups of 8 channels
2 bus connections (12-pin socket)
The 12-pin sockets can be used for several purposes:
– to connect the SINEC L2-DP field bus
– to connect the power supply
– to connect the field bus and incorporated power supply
The bus connections are interconnected internally.
2 connections for external load voltage supply (6-pin male connector)
There is a separate load voltage connection for each channel group (Q0,
Q1). The load voltage cannot be looped via the digital input/output
module.
Male Connector for Feeding
the Load Voltage Supply for Q1
Male Connector
for Feeding the
Load Voltage
Supply for Q0
Sockets for Connecting
SINEC L2-DP
Figure 3-4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V with Circular Connector
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V
(6ES 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued
Male Connector for the Load
Voltage Supply Input for Q1
Male Connector
for the Load
Voltage Supply
Input for Q0
Sockets for Connecting
SINEC L2-DP
Figure 3-5 Digital I/O Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V with Conduit Thread Glands
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
ET 200C Components
3-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.5 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0)
The analog input module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit has the following
characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation Rules, Section 4.1)
Choice of the following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 and
1500 kbaud
Measuring principle: voltage-frequency conversion (integrating)
Measuring range selectable separately for each channel group
–" 80 mV
–" 250 mV
–" 500 mV
–" 1000 mV
– thermocouples (types N, K, T, U, J, L, E)
– Resistance thermometers (Pt100/Ni100)
The analog input module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit is suitable for either
two-wire or four-wire connection. This means that the measuring range can
be set only on the basis of channel groups.
Channel diagnostics of inputs for wire break, range overshoot,
common-mode voltage overshoot, short-circuit and parameterization error
(can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4).
Channel diagnostics can be evaluated only via the IM 308-C master
interface. Each diagnostics message causes the ”DIA” LED to light up.
LEDs for
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (module diagnostics)
No need to open the cover to secure the module (see drill-hole templates
at the back of the manual).
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
The analog input module ET200C; AI 4/8 12 bit has the following con-
nections:
8 input channels for thermocouples and voltage sensors (2-wire)
or 4 input channels (4-wire)
2 bus connectors (12-pin socket)
The 12-pin sockets can be used for:
– connecting to the SINEC L2-DP field bus
– connecting to the power supply
– connecting to the combined field bus and power supply cable
The bus connectors are linked internally.
Figure 3-6 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0)
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.6 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0)
The analog input module ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit has the following
characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation Rules, Section 4.1)
Choice of the following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 and
1500 kbaud
Measuring principle: momentary value encryption (successive
approximation)
Measuring range selectable separately for each channel group
–" 1.25 V
–" 2.5 V
–" 5V
–" 10 V
–" 20 mA
– 0 ... 20 mA
– 4 ... 20 mA
Channel diagnostics of inputs for range overshoot and parameterization
error (can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4).
Channel diagnostics can be evaluated only via the IM 308-C master
interface. Each diagnostics message causes the ”DIA” LED to light up.
LEDs for
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (module diagnostics)
No need to open the cover to secure the module (see drill-hole templates
at the back of the manual).
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The analog input module ET200C; AI 4 12 bit has the following connec-
tions:
4 input channels (2-wire)
2 bus connectors (12-pin socket)
The 12-pin sockets can be used for:
– connecting to the SINEC L2-DP field bus
– connecting to the power supply
– connecting to the combined field bus and power supply cable
The bus connectors are linked internally.
Figure 3-7 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0)
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.7 Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0)
The analog output module ET 200C; AO 4 12 bit has the following
characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation Rules, Section 4.1)
Choice of the following baud rates: 9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500 and
1500 kbaud
Output ranges selectable separately for each channel group
–" 10 V
– 0 ... 10 V
–" 20 mA
– 0 ... 20 mA
– 4 ... 20 mA
Channel diagnostics of outputs for wire break, range overshoot,
common-mode voltage overshoot, short-circuit and parameterization error
(can be switched off with COM ET 200, see Section 5.1.4).
Channel diagnostics can be evaluated only via the IM 308-C master
interface. Each diagnostics message causes the ”DIA” LED to light up.
LEDs for
– RUN
– BF (bus fault)
– DIA (module diagnostics)
No need to open the cover to secure the module (see drill-hole templates
at the back of the manual).
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The analog output module ET200C; AO 4 12 bit has the following con-
nections:
4 output channels
2 bus connectors (12-pin socket)
The 12-pin sockets can be used for:
– connecting to the SINEC L2-DP field bus
– connecting to the power supply
– connecting to the combined field bus and power supply cable
The bus connectors are linked internally.
Figure 3-8 Analog Output Module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0)
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.8 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11)
You need a T connector for the following configurations:
Configuration with power supply connector and with T connectors
(see Section 2.1.2)
Configuration with external current supply (see Section 2.1.4)
This means that the SINEC L2-DP field bus can also continue operating if a
slave station connected via a T connector is disconnected.
The T connector has the following characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1)
Choice of following baud rates:
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud
The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are only possible when the
module is operated with the IM 308-C (see Section 1.2).
A T connector has 3 bus connections:
Two 12-pin sockets
One 12-pin male connector
The T connector is attached to the bus connection of an ET 200C module via
the 12-pin male connector. Both bus connections of the ET 200C module can
be used.
The bus connection can be used for several purposes (see digital modules).
Figure 3-9 T Connector
Application
Characteristics
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.9 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11)
The power supply connector is used to combine the SINEC L2-DP field bus
and the external power supply.
The power supply connector has the following characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1);
Choice of following baud rates:
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud
Baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are possible only for operation
with the IM 308-C and the digital modules (see Section 1.2).
Loadable with a maximum of 4 A input current. This limits the number of
digital input modules that can be connected (see Section 2.1.3).
Does not represent a bus node with station number
Attachment without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of
the manual).
The power supply connector has the following connections:
Connection for “Incoming” SINEC L2-DP field bus
(12-pin socket)
Connection for “Incoming” external power supply
(6-pin male connector)
Connection for “Outgoing” SINEC L2-DP field bus with power supply
(12-pin socket)
Grounding screw for connection of PE
Figure 3-10 Power Supply Connector
Application
Characteristics
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-19
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.10 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12)
A programmer connector is used to connect the programmer within the
IP 66/IP 67 environment to the SINEC L2-DP bus.
The programmer connector has the following characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1)
Choice of following baud rates:
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud
Baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are possible only for operation
with the IM 308-C and the digital modules (see Section 1.2).
Can be placed anywhere on the bus (exception: the programmer
connector may not be attached to the ends of the bus cable, since there is
then no space for the terminating resistor).
Does not represent a bus node with station number
Attachment without opening the cover (drill-hole template at the back of
the manual).
A programmer connector has three bus connections:
Connection for “Incoming” SINEC L2-DP field bus (possibly with power
supply) (12-pin socket)
Connection for “Outgoing” SINEC L2-DP field bus (possibly with power
supply) (12-pin socket)
Connection for adapter cable (see Section 3.13) to the programmer
(12-pin socket)
Figure 3-11 Programmer Connector
Application
Characteristics
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.11 Cables
The ET 200C can be used in various configurations for which you require the
correct cables. The following types of cable are available.
Table 3-1 ET 200C Cables
Number of
Cores Application
2SINEC L2-DP field bus, power supply is not incorporated
5For SINEC L2-DP field bus and power supply in one cable
or
For feeding the power supply to the power connector
or
For external load voltage supply.
Various different cables are available from SIEMENS for the ET 200C.
All of the cables are available precut and terminated at both ends, one end or
not at all
with 12-pin male connector for SINEC L2-DP bus connection and/or
power supply
and/or
with 6-pin connection for load voltage supply.
You can, however, also prepare the cables yourself. The necessary informa-
tion can be found in Section 4.3.
Note
All prefabricated cables have a core cross-sectional area of 0.75 mm2 for a
maximum current load of 4 A.
You will require cables with a minimum core cross-sectional area of
2.5 mm2 for the load voltage supply of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A. You must prepare these cables
yourself.
You must also prepare the cable for feeding separate power supplies
yourself.
Types of Cables
Versions
ET 200C Components
3-21
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The following table contains the order numbers for standard cable lengths:
Table 3-2 Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current
Load 4 A)
Description Cable
(standard sheath) Cable
(non-welding sheath)
5-core cable (not prefabricated) 6ES5 717-11 6ES5 718-11
5-core cable, prefabricated at one end
(6-pin circular socket) 6ES5 717-21 6ES5 718-21
5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends
(6-pin circular socket/6-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-31 6ES5 718-31
5-core cable, prefabricated at one end
(12-pin circular connector)16ES5 717-61 6ES5 718-61
5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends
(12-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-71
° ° °
6ES5 718-71
° ° °
Length
0.5 m
1 m
2 m
5 m
10 m
A B 4
B B 0
B C 0
B F 0
C B 0
A B 4
B B 0
B C 0
B F 0
C B 0
1Do not use for feeding the power supply separately (as bus cable is connected ³ may cause interference on the bus)
If you require cables of a different length, you can order these using Z num-
bers.
Specify the order number and the desired length, e.g. 6ES5 717-1AA01-Z
3.50 m.
Table 3-3 Order Numbers for Standard Cable Lengths (Core Cross-Sectional Area 0.75 mm2/Max. Current
Load 4 A)
Description Cable
(standard sheath) Cable
(non-welding sheath)
5-core cable (not prefabricated) 6ES5 717-1AA01-Z 6ES5 718-1AA01-Z
5-core cable, prefabricated at one end
(6-pin circular socket) 6ES5 717-2AA01-Z 6ES5 718-2AA01-Z
5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends
(6-pin circular socket/6-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-3AA01-Z 6ES5 718-3AA01-Z
5-core cable, prefabricated at one end
(12-pin circular connector)16ES5 717-6AA01-Z 6ES5 718-6AA01-Z
5-core cable, prefabricated at both ends
(12-pin circular connector) 6ES5 717-7AA01-Z 6ES5 718-7AA01-Z
1Do not use for feeding the power supply separately (as bus cable is connected ³ may cause interference on the bus)
Order numbers
ET 200C Components
3-22 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.12 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11)
A bus cable must always be terminated at both ends with a terminating resis-
tor.
On the ET 200C, the terminating resistor is screwed onto a 12-pin socket.
The terminating resistor can be screwed onto the bus connection of:
Digital and analog modules, or
T connector
The terminating resistor has
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1)
Figure 3-12 Terminating Resistor
Application
Characteristics
ET 200C Components
3-23
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
3.13 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11)
The adapter cable is required for connecting the programmer (with program-
mer interface module CP5410-S5DOS/ST) or the ET 200 handheld to the
ET 200C.
The programmer or the ET 200 handheld are required for
Setting the station number (digital modules only with ET 200 handheld,
anlog modules optionally with ET200 handheld)
Test and startup
Diagnostics functions
The adapter cable has the following characteristics:
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 (see Installation rules, Section 4.1) only
at the end with the IP 66/IP 67 bus connector
Choice of following baud rates:
9.6; 19.2; 93.75; 187.5; 500; 1500; 3000; 6000 or 12000 kbaud
The baud rates 3000, 6000 and 12000 kbaud are only possible when
operating with the IM 308-C and digital modules (see Section 1.2).
The adapter cable has the following connections:
Bus connector in IP 20 (9-pin connector)
Bus connector in IP 66/IP 67 (12-pin connector)
In order to connect the programmer, you also require the programmer con-
necting cable.
Figure 3-13 Adapter Cable
Application
Characteristics
Connections
ET 200C Components
3-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Components
4-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
This chapter describes the mechanical and electrical installation of the
ET 200C.
In this Chapter
4
4-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.1 Installation of ET 200C
Degree of protection IP 66/IP 67 can be guaranteed for the ET 200C modules
only under the following conditions:
The surfaces on which the ET 200C modules are mounted must be flat
(no tensions)
All unused connections must always be sealed with the plastic caps
supplied (inputs/outputs only) or metal caps.
IP 66/IP 67 is not guaranteed if the transparent caps for transport are used.
Bear the following in mind with regard to degree of protection IP 66/IP 67:
Before startup, check the security of all metal and plastic seals on the
ET 200C distributed I/O station.
The ET 200C modules can be installed in any position and inclined at any
angle.
Note the minimum distances between ET 200C modules and cable ducts:
Table 4-1 Distances between ET 200C Modules and Cable Ducts
Between ET 200C module and cable duct ... Distance
.... no T connector is installed 10 cm
... a T connector is installed 5 cm
Captive M4 securing screws are used. You will require a 3.0 mm wrench for
socket-head screws to DIN 911 for installation and removal.
Use the drill-hole templates at the back of this manual to install the ET 200C
modules. Secure each module to a flat surface or carrier using two M4
screws.
Rules
Degree of
protection
IP 66/IP 67
Installation
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.2 Electrical Wiring of the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
Both grounded and ungrounded configurations are possible.
The following two sections include a circuit example for
Grounded configuration and
Ungrounded configuration.
The text contains code numbers, which are references to the respective dia-
gram.
Note
We recommend the grounded configuration for analog modules. This
configuration provides additional protection against electromagnetic
interference.
Introduction
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.2.1 Grounded Configuration
In a grounded configuration, the ground and PE potentials are connected.
For the grounded configuration, the following must be taken into account:
You must provide a main switch (1) according to VDE 0100 for the
ET 200C modules, the sensors and the actuators.
You need a fuse (2) for the mains connection of the load power supply
unit.
Use a Siemens load power supply unit of the 6EV1 series (see Catalog
ET 1) for power supply and load voltage supply.
If you use any other load power supply (24 V DC), note that the voltage
must be in the range of 20 V DC to 30 V DC (including ripple). The load
power supply must generate a functional extra-low voltage with
protective separation in accordance with VDE 0106, Part 101. If you use
a switched-mode power supply, you will need a back-up capacitor (with a
rating of 200 F per 1 A load current) (3).
You should provide in secondary circuit a connection (4) to the protective
conductor on the load power supply (terminal M).
You need a main power fuse to protect the supply voltage (5).
For both grounded and ungrounded configurations, use a low-resistance
conductor to connect the protective ground (PE) terminal of the ET 200C
modules (digital and analog modules, power supply connector,
programmer connector) to the protective ground conductor or the chassis
ground (machine ground) (6).
The right-hand side of the power supply connector features a screw for
connecting the protective ground conductor. PE is looped in via the power
supply connector.
In addition, the protective ground conductor must be connected to the PE
pin in the 12-pin round connector or 6-pin round connector. PE pin and
housing are linked internally.
All machine parts must be grounded.
Use a minimum cross-section of 10 mm2 for equipotential bonding and
ground connections!
Definition
Rules
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The grounded configuration for the ET 200C is shown below.
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
ML+
Connection
for Grounded
Configuration
ML+
M
L+
PE M
L+
PE
M
L+
PE
M
L+
PE
(6)
I/O
Sensor/
Actuator
I/O
Sensor/
Actuator
PS
Conn.
PE
PE
ET 200C
ET 200C
Figure 4-1 Grounded Configuration for ET 200C with 24 V DC Current/Load
Voltage Supply
Configuration
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.2.2 Ungrounded Configuration
In an ungrounded configuration, there is no connection between the load
power supply (M terminal) and the protective ground conductor (PE). The
protective ground conductor loses its protective function.
The internal design of the digital and analog modules is such that the supply
voltage is connected to the protective ground conductor through a capacitor,
in order to dissipate high-frequency interference.
For the ungrounded configuration, the following must be taken into account:
You must provide a main switch (1) according to VDE 0100 for the
ET 200C modules, the sensors and the actuators.
You need a fuse (2) for the mains connection of the load power supply
unit.
Use a Siemens load power supply unit of the 6EV1 series (see Catalog
ET 1) for power supply and load voltage supply.
If you use any other load power supply (24 V DC), note that the voltage
must be in the range of 20 V DC to 30 V DC (including ripple). The load
power supply must generate a functional extra-low voltage with
protective separation in accordance with VDE 0106, Part 101. If you use
a switched-mode power supply, you will need a back-up capacitor (with a
rating of 200 F per 1 A load current) (3).
You need a main power fuse to protect the supply voltage (5).
For both grounded and ungrounded configurations, use a low-resistance
conductor to connect the protective ground (PE) terminal of the ET 200C
modules (digital modules, power supply connector, programmer
connector) to the protective ground conductor or the chassis ground
(mache ground) (6).
The right-hand side of the power supply connector features a screw for
connecting the protective ground conductor. PE is looped in via the power
supply connector.
In addition, the protective ground conductor must be connected to the PE
pin in the 12-pin round connector or 6-pin round connector. PE pin and
housing are linked internally.
You must provide insulation monitoring to ground with voltage clamping
(7).
!Warning
The ungrounded configuration can be neutralized by grounded machine parts
and grounded electrical devices.
Example: A grounded sensor or actuator links the PE protective ground to
the M potential of the control system.
Definition
Rules
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The ungrounded configuration for the ET 200C is shown below.
L1
L2
L3
N
PE
(1)
(2)
(3)
(5)
ML+
ML+
M
L+
PE M
L+
PE
M
L+
PE
M
L+
PE
(6)
I/O
Sensor/
Actuator
I/O
Sensor/
Actuator
PS
Conn.
(7) >U
ET 200C
ET 200C
Figure 4-2 Ungrounded Configuration for ET 200C
Configuration
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3 Wiring of the ET 200C
Prefabricated cables are available from Siemens for the bus connection and
the power/load voltage supply (see section 3.10). If you use prefabricated
cables, you do not have to read the following section.
Note
All prefabricated cables have a core cross-sectional area of 0.75 mm2 for a
maximum current load of 4 A.
You will require cables with a minimum core cross-sectional area of
2.5 mm2 for the load voltage supply of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A. You must prepare these cables
yourself.
You must also prepare the cable for feeding separate power supplies
yourself.
Read the following instructions if you wish to prepare the cables yourself.
You will require 6-pin and 12-pin circular connectors/sockets for connecting
the bus, power supply and the load voltage supply.
The following table contains the order numbers for 6-pin and 12-pin circular
connectors:
Table 4-2 Order Numbers for Circular Connectors
Round connector/socket Order number
6-pin connector with a socket insert
(not prefabricated) 6ES5 760-2CA11
6-pin connector with pin insert
(not prefabricated) 6ES5 760-2CA21
12-pin connector with pin insert
(not prefabricated) 6ES5 760-2CB11
You will require 5-pin circular connectors with pin inserts and M12 external
thread to connect the inputs/outputs of the following modules:
ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
Introduction
Circular
Connectors/
Sockets
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The corresponding 5-pin circular connectors with pin inserts are available
from companies such as Kostal or Lumberg.
The following applies for all connections to circular connectors:
Remove the cable insulation so that the screw is tightly held by the
clamping ring in the circular connector.
Always use the same core color for the same signal.
For the green/red SINEC L2 cable, for example, always connect the green
wire to terminal A and the red wire to terminal B.
The inputs/outputs of the
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0)
ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0)
ET 200C; AO 4 12 bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0)
are connected by means of cable glands which carry the cable through the
housing and into the module. Connect the cables as indicated by the labels on
the terminals (see Section 4.3.4).
The inputs/outputs have conduit threads in order to secure the signal lines
and to ensure that the appropriate degree of protection is provided in accor-
dance with IP 66/IP 67.
The cables for ET 200C modules with conduit thread glands must comply
with the following specifications:
Digital modules: ∅ 8 mm cable (PG 9 conduit thread)
Analog modules: ∅ 4.5 ... 6 mm cable
(e.g. 4 0.25 mm2 or 2 0.34 mm2)
Rules:Circular
Connectors/
Sockets
Conduit-Thread
Glands
Rules:
Conduit-Thread
Glands
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.1 Wiring of the Bus Connection
Note
The bus connection is a 12-pin socket of the ET 200C module.
The following ET 200C modules have a bus connection:
Digital modules (2 bus connections)
Analog modules (2 bus connections)
T connector (2 bus connections – a 3rd bus connection is screwed directly
onto the ET 200C module)
Power supply connector (2 bus connections, 1 SINEC L2-DP,
1 power supply and SINEC L2-DP together)
Programmer connector (3 bus connections)
SV
PS
Conn.
8DO
8DI
8DO/2A
16DI/16DO
PG
4AI
4/8AI
4AO
Figure 4-3 Bus Connections of the ET 200C Modules
All ET 200C modules have a socket as bus connection, i.e. a plug connector
must be used for all cables as connector.
Introduction
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The SINEC L2-DP and power supply can be connected in one of three ways:
SINEC L2-DP only connected to the bus connection
Power supply only connected to the bus connection
SINEC L2-DP and power supply connected to a bus connection.
!Warning
If you connect an external power supply to a bus connection,
It is only permissible to connect the 2-core (!) SINEC L2 bus cable to the
second bus connection.
It is only permissible to connect the 2-core (!) SINEC L2 bus cable
where a T connector is used.
If you only wish to connect the SINEC L2-DP bus, you will require
12-pin circular connectors
SINEC L2 2-core cable
Connect the circular connectors in accordance with the following table:
Table 4-3 Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the SINEC L2-DP is
Connected
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 reserved
2A (green) 8 reserved
3 reserved 9 reserved
4B (red) 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Connection
Options
Connecting only
SINEC L2-DP
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of the Bus Connection, Continued
If you only wish to connect the power supply, you require
12-pin circular connectors
3-core cable with a diameter of 6 to 10 mm.
Connect the circular connectors in accordance with the following table:
Table 4-4 Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection where only the Power Supply is
Connected
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 P 24 V
2 reserved 8 M 24 V
3 reserved 9 PE
4 reserved 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
If you combine the SINEC L2-DP bus and the power supply in a single cable,
you will require
12-pin circular plugs
5-core cable with a diameter of 6 to 10 mm.
Table 4-5 Pin Assignment of the Bus Connection if SINEC L2-DP and Power
Supply are Connected
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 P 24 V
2A (green) 8 M 24 V
3 reserved 9 PE
4B (red) 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Connections which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed metal
caps.
Connecting only
power supply
Connecting
SINEC L2-DP and
Power Supply
Sealing of Unused
Connections
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.2 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0)
To wire the inputs you will require
5-pin circular plugs
Flexible 4-core Cu cables with a minimum core cross-section of
0.75 mm2.
Connect the inputs in accordance with the pin assignment in the following
table.
Table 4-6 Pin Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0)
Pin Input View
124 V DC1
12
2Free
12
5
3 Ground
3
4
5
4 Signal
View: Mating Side
34
5 PE
Vie
w
:
Mating
Side
1The module supplies this 24 V DC at pin 1 as the voltage supply for the connected
sensors.
Inputs which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed twist caps.
Connecting Inputs
Sealing of Unused
Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0), Continued
The following must be noted if you feed the sensor supply of an input di-
rectly to an input (”Read back output” function):
If no load is connected,
– the diagnostics for the sensor supply must be disconnected in the
COM ET 200 (see Section 5.1.4) or
– a resistor (2.4 kW) must be connected to ground at the input for
wire-break recognition.
Output Input
2,4 kW
Wire-Break Recognition with 2.4-kW Resistor
Figure 4-4 Sensor Supply Returned to Input without Load
If a load is connected, only a wire break on the connection to the load will
be recognized. The connection between the sensor supply and the input
cannot be monitored for wire breaks.
Output Input
Load
Wire-Break Recognition with Load
Wire-Break Recognition not
Possible
Figure 4-5 Sensor Supply Returned to Input with Load
Return Sensor
Supply to Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.3 Wiring of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0)
and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0)
To wire the outputs you will require
5-pin circular plugs
Flexible 3-core Cu cables with a minimum core cross-section of
0.75 mm2.
Connect the outputs in accordance with the pin assignments in the table
below.
Table 4-7 Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0)
Pin Output View
1 Free
12
2 Free
12
5
3 Ground
3
4
5
4 Signal
View: Mating Side
34
5 PE
Vie
w
:
Mating
Side
Outputs which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed twist caps.
Connecting
Outputs
Sealing of Unused
Outputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0) and
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0), Continued
If you run an output or sensor supply input directly to an input (“Read back
output” function), you must take the following into account:
If no load is connected,
– the diagnostics for the output or sensor supply must be disconnected in
the COM ET 200 (see section 5.1.4) or
– a resistor (2.4 kW) must be connected to ground at the input for
wire-break recognition.
Output Input
2.4 kW
Wire-Break Recognition with 2.4 kW Resistor
Figure 4-6 Output Returned to Input without Load
If a load is connected, a wire break is only recognized on the connection
to the load. The output ³ input connection can not be monitored for
wire-break.
Output Input
Load
Wire-Break Recognition with Load
No Wire-Break Recognition
Possible
Figure 4-7 Output Returned to Input with Load
Return Outputs to
Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.4 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
To wire the inputs/outputs you will require
5-pin circular plugs
Flexible 3-core Cu cables with a minimum core cross-section of
0.75 mm2.
Connect the inputs in accordance with the pin assignments in the following
table.
Table 4-8 Pin Assignments of the Inputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
Pin Input View
124 V DC1
12
2Free
12
5
3 Ground
3
4
5
4 Signal
View: Mating Side
34
5 PE
Vie
w
:
Mating
Side
1 The module supplies this 24 V DC at pin 1 as the voltage supply for the connected
sensors.
Connect the outputs in accordance with the pin assignments in the following
table.
Table 4-9 Pin Assignments of the Outputs of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
Pin Input View
1 Free
12
2 Free
12
5
3 Ground
34 5
4 Signal
34
Vi M ti Sid
5 PE View: Mating Side
Seal all unused inputs/outputs with the screw caps supplied.
Connecting
Inputs/Outputs
Sealing of Unused
Inputs/Outputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0),
Continued
If you run an output or sensor supply input directly to an input (“Read back
output” function), you must take the following into account:
If no load is connected,
– the diagnostics for the output or sensor supply must be disconnected in
the COM ET 200 (see section 5.1.4) or
– a resistor (2.4 kW) must be connected to ground at the input for
wire-break recognition.
Output Input
2.4 kW
Wire-Break Recognition with 2.4 kW Resistor
Figure 4-8 Output Returned to Input without Load
If a load is connected, a wire break is only recognized on the connection
to the load. The output ³ input connection can not be monitored for
wire-break.
Output Input
Load
Wire-Break Recognition with Load
No Wire-Break Recognition
Possible
Figure 4-9 Output Returned to Input with Load
Return Outputs to
Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-19
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.5 Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
Connect the signal lines to the screw terminals in the module.
Proceed as follows:
1. Open the module using a screwdriver.
2. Unscrew the conduit thread slightly, remove the seal and pull the signal
lines through the threaded joint.
3. Strip the signal lines and crimp the ends with wire end ferrules.
4. Connect the lines to the labelled, numbered terminals.
5. Pull the lines taught and tighten the conduit thread.
6. Fill in the labelling strips on the front of the module.
7. Close the module using a screwdriver.
Connect the signal lines in accordance with the terminal assignments in the
following table.
Table 4-10 Connection Assignments of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
Terminal Assignment
I0.0 ... I0.7 I0: Input .0 ... .7
I1.0 ... I1.7 I1: Input .0 ... .7
Q0.0 ... Q0.7 Q0: Output .0 ... .7
Q1.0 ... Q1.7 Q1: Output .0 ... .7
24V 24 V DC (sensor supply)
0V Ground (sensor supply)
PE PE
M1 Ground (UL1)
M2 Ground (UL2)
Inputs/outputs which are not required must be sealed using the screw-type
seals.
Connecting Inputs
and Outputs
Terminal
Assignments
Sealing of Unused
Inputs/Outputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0),
Continued
Figure 4-10 shows the arrangement of the screw terminals of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
24V
I0.0
0V
PE
24V
I0.2
0V
PE
24V
I0.4
0V
PE
24V
I0.8
0V
PE
24V
I1.0
0V
PE
24V
I1.2
0V
PE
24V
I1.4
0V
PE
24V
I1.8
0V
PE
24V
I0.1
0V
PE
24V
I0.3
0V
PE
24V
I0.5
0V
PE
24V
I0.7
0V
PE
24V
I1.1
0V
PE
24V
I1.3
0V
PE
24V
I1.5
0V
PE
24V
I1.7
0V
PE
Q0.1
M1
PE
Q0.3
M1
PE
Q0.5
M1
PE
Q0.7
M1
PE
Q1.1
M2
PE
Q1.3
M2
PE
Q1.5
M2
PE
Q1.7
M2
PE
Q0.0
M1
PE
Q0.2
M1
PE
Q0.4
M1
PE
Q0.6
M1
PE
Q1.0
M2
PE
Q1.2
M2
PE
Q1.4
M2
PE
Q1.6
M2
PE
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)1)1)
1) Screw terminals
pre-wired
Figure 4-10 Arrangement of Screw Terminals of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
Arrangement of
the screw
terminals
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-21
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.6 Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0)
Connect the signal cables to the screw terminals on the lower printed-circuit
board in the module.
Proceed as follows:
1. Open the module using a screwdriver.
2. Unscrew the cap of the conduit thread gland for the grounding cable and
remove the seal with the sleeve.
3. Push first the gland cap and then the seal onto the cable.
4. Cut back an appropriate length of the outer cable sheath.
5. Bend the braided shield at the end of the outer sheath up through 90°.
Push the sleeve with a twisting action over the foil until it is under the
braided shield in the outer sheath.
6. Trim off the braided shield flush with the outer edge of the sleeve.
7. Pull the ends of the signal cables though the glands with the foil and cut
off the foil.
8. Strip the ends of the signal lines and crimp the conductors with wire
ferrules.
9. Connect the lines to the corresponding terminals.
10.Pull the lines taut and tighten the gland.
11. Repeat steps 2 through 10 with other signal lines or close the module
using a screwdriver. When closing the module, make sure that the cover is
correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the
casing.
Cap of Gland Seal Sleeve
Braided
Shield
Analog Module
with Gland for
Grounding Cable
Figure 4-11 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable
Note
When you connect the signal lines, check that the DIL switches on the
printed circuit board (see Figure 4-12) remain easily accessible.
Connecting Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-22 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued
Connect the signal lines to the terminals in accordance with the table below.
Table 4-11 Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0)
Terminal Assignment for connection of ...
channel resistance sensor channel thermocouple voltage sensor
1not used Compensator (+) not used
2 not used Compensator (–) not used
3CH0 Measuring line (+) CH0 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
4 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
5Constant current line IC+ CH1 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
6Constant current line
IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
7CH1 Measuring line (+) CH2 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
8 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
9Constant current line IC+ CH3 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
10 Constant current line
IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
11 CH2 Measuring line (+) CH4 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
12 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
13 Constant current line IC+ CH5 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
14 Constant current line
IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
15 CH3 Measuring line (+) CH6 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
16 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
17 Constant current line IC+ CH7 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
18 Constant current line
IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
19 Analog ground (MANA)Analog ground (MANA)
20 Analog ground (MANA)Analog ground (MANA)
Seal all unused inputs with the screw caps supplied (module is supplied with
all inputs sealed).
Terminal
Assignment
Sealing of Unused
Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-23
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Figure 4-12 shows the arrangement of screw terminals and DIL switches in
the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit.
DIL switches
MANA
+
-
COMP
V
+
-
+
-
V+
-
V+
-
V+
-
V+
-
V+
-
V+
-
V
.
.
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
MANA
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH0 CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
S3 S2
S1
S4
Screw terminal labels for
resistance thermometers Screw terminal labels
for thermocouples and
voltage sensors
Figure 4-12 Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit
Table 4-12 DIL-Switch Blocks in the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
DIL switch block Function Described in
S1 Manually set the station
number Section 4.4.1
S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire con-
nection for Pt100 resistance
thermometers
Section 4.4.2
S3 Select external/internal and
floating/non-floating com-
pensation for thermocouples
Section 4.4.2
S4 Select floating or non-floa-
ting measurement Section 4.4.2
Arrangement of
Screw Terminals
and DIL Switches
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued
The illustration on this page shows how thermocouples are connected for
floating measurement and external floating compensation:
MANA
12
OFF
12345678
ON ON
12345678
ON ON
S3 S2 S4
Compensator
Shield
.
.
.
.
.
Thermal
Coupling
CH0
COMP
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
Figure 4-13 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for Floating
Measurement and External Floating Compensation
Thermocouple:
Floating
Measurement and
Floating External
Compensation
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-25
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The illustration on this page shows how thermocouples are connected for
non-floating measurement and external non-floating compensation:
MANA
12
OFF
12345678
ON ON 12345678
ON ON
.
.
.
.
Thermal
Coupling
CH0
COMP
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
S3 S2 S4
Compensation
Shield
.
Figure 4-14 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for
Non-Floating Measurement and External Non-Floating Compensation
Thermocouple:
Non-Floating
Measurement and
Non-Floating
External
Compensation
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-26 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued
The illustration on this page shows how thermocouples are connected for
non-floating measurement and internal compensation:
MANA
12
OFF
12345678
ON ON 12345678
ON ON
.
.
.
.
CH0
COMP
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
S3 S2 S4
Schirm
.
Figure 4-15 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Thermocouples for
Non-Floating Measurement and Internal Compensation
Thermocouple:
Non-Floating
Measurement and
Internal
Compensation
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-27
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The resistance of the resistance thermometer (Pt 100) is measured with the
aid of a 2-wire circuit. A maximum of four Pt 100 thermometers can be con-
nected (1 resistance thermometer per channel group).
The resistance thermometer receives a constant current supply via terminals
CH0+ / CH2+ and CH0– / CH2–. Voltage drops on the measuring lines can
falsify the results of measurement. This type of measurement is of practical
value if the precision requirements are low.
The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S4 determine whether mea-
surement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.2).
Note
If a resistance thermometer (Pt100) is used for floating measurement, the
maximum permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v "1V and must not
be overshot relative to MANA at any differential input.
The illustration below shows how resistance thermometers (Pt100) are con-
nected to channel 0 and channel 2 in a 2-wire circuit for floating measure-
ment:
MANA
12
OFF
12345678
ON ON
12345678
ON ON
CH0
COMP
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
Pt 100
Pt 100
S3 S2 S4
DIL Switch Block S4:
DIL Switches 1 to 4 for
2-Wire Circuit ON
DIL Switch Block S4:
DIL Switches 1 and 3
for 4-Wire Circuit OFF
Schirm
.
Figure 4-16 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers
(Pt 100) in 2-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement
Resistance
Thermometer,
2-Wire Circuit
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-28 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0KB0), Continued
The resistance of the resistance thermometer (Pt 100) is measured with the
aid of a 4-wire circuit.
The resistance thermometer receives a constant current Ic via terminals CH0+
/ CH2+ and CH0– / CH2–. The voltage generated at the resistance thermome-
ter is measured via CH1+ / CH3+ and CH1– / CH3–. In this configuration,
voltage fluctuations on the constant-current lines do not falsify the results of
measurement. The measuring inputs are high-ohmic, so the voltage drop on
the measuring lines is negligible.
Note
If a resistance thermometer (Pt100) is used for floating measurement, the
maximum permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v "1V and must not
be overshot relative to MANA at any differential input.
The illustration below shows how resistance thermometers (Pt 100) are con-
nected in a 4-wire circuit for floating measurement:
MANA
12
OFF
12345678
ON ON
12345678
ON ON
CH0
COMP
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
Pt 100
Pt 100 .
.
S3 S2 S4
.
.
Shield
.
Figure 4-17 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Resistance Thermometers
(Pt 100) in 4-Wire Circuit for Floating Measurement
Resistance
Thermometer,
4-Wire Circuit
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-29
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Free channels can be used to connect voltage sensors ("80 mV, "250 mV,
"500 mV, "1000 mV).
The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S4 determine whether mea-
surement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.2).
Note
If a voltage sensor is used for floating measurement, the maximum
permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v "1V and must not be
overshot relative to MANA at any differential input.
The illustration below shows how voltage sensors are connected in a 2-wire
circuit for non-floating measurement:
MANA
12
OFF
12345678
ON ON 12345678
ON ON
CH0
COMP
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
U
–
+
U
–
+
S3 S2 S4
Shield
.
Figure 4-18 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors in 2-Wire
Circuit for Non-Floating Measurement
Voltage Sensors
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-30 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.7 Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0)
Connect the signal cables to the screw terminals on the lower printed-circuit
board in the module.
Proceed as follows:
1. Open the module using a screwdriver.
2. Unscrew the cap of the conduit thread gland for the grounding cable and
remove the seal with the sleeve.
3. Push first the gland cap and then the seal onto the cable.
4. Cut back an appropriate length of the outer cable sheath.
5. Bend the braided shield at the end of the outer sheath up through 90°.
Push the sleeve with a twisting action over the foil until it is under the
braided shield in the outer sheath.
6. Trim off the braided shield flush with the outer edge of the sleeve.
7. Pull the ends of the signal cables though the glands with the foil and cut
off the foil.
8. Strip the ends of the signal lines and crimp the conductors with wire
ferrules.
9. Connect the lines to the corresponding terminals.
10.Pull the lines taut and tighten the gland.
11. Repeat steps 2 through 10 with other signal lines or close the module
using a screwdriver. When closing the module, make sure that the cover is
correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the
casing.
Cap of Gland Seal Sleeve
Braided
Shield
Analog Module
with Gland for the
Grounding Cable
Figure 4-19 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable
Note
When you connect the signal lines, check that the DIL switches on the
printed circuit board (see Figure 4-20) remain easily accessible.
Connecting Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-31
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Connect the signal lines to the terminals in accordance with the table below.
Table 4-13 Connection Assignment of the Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0)
Channel Terminal Assignment
CH0 1Measuring line (+)
2 Measuring line (–)
CH1 3 Measuring line (+)
4 Measuring line (–)
CH2 5 Measuring line (+)
6 Measuring line (–)
CH3 7 Measuring line (+)
8 Measuring line (–)
9Analog ground (MANA)
10 Analog ground (MANA)
Seal all unused inputs with the screw caps supplied (module is supplied with
all inputs sealed).
Terminal
Assignment
Sealing of Unused
Inputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-32 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0), Continued
Figure 4-20 shows the arrangement of screw terminals and DIL switches in
the ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit
DIL Switches
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
MANA
S1 S5
A
V
A
V
A
V
A
V
Figure 4-20 Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit
Table 4-14 DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
DIL switch block Function Described in
S1 Manually set the station
number Section 4.4.1
S5 Select voltage or current
measurement Section 4.4.3
Select floating/non-floating
measurement
Arrangement of
Screw Terminals
and DIL Switches
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-33
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Voltage sensors can be connected for the measured-value ranges " 1.25 V,
" 2.5 V, " 5 V, " 10 V.
The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S4 determine whether mea-
surement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.1).
Note
If a voltage sensor is used for floating measurement, the maximum
permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v " 1 V and must not be
overshot relative to MANA at any differential input.
The illustration below shows how voltage sensors are connected in a 2-wire
circuit for floating measurement:
Shield
.
U
U
–
+
–
+
12345678
ON ON
S5
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
MANA
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
Figure 4-21 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Voltage Sensors in 2-Wire
Circuit for Floating Measurement
Voltage Sensors
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-34 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0KB0), Continued
Current sensors can be connected for the measured-value ranges 0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA, " 20 mA.
The parallel shunt resistor must be activated before a channel can be used for
measuring currents.
The settings of the switches in DIL switch block S5 determine whether mea-
surement is floating or non-floating (see Section 4.4.1).
Note
If a current sensor is used for floating measurement, the maximum
permissible common-mode voltage is UCM v " 1 V and must not be
overshot relative to MANA at any differential input.
The illustration below shows how current sensors are connected in a 2-wire
circuit for floating measurement:
mA
–
+
–
+
1
2
3
45678
ON ON
mA
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
MANA
+
–
+
–
+
–
+
–
S5
Shield
.
Figure 4-22 Connection to ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit of Current Sensors in 2-Wire
Circuit for Floating Measurement
Current Sensors
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-35
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.8 Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0)
Connect the signal cables to the screw terminals on the lower printed-circuit
board in the module.
Proceed as follows:
1. Open the module using a screwdriver.
2. Unscrew the cap of the conduit thread gland for the grounding cable and
remove the seal with the sleeve.
3. Push first the gland cap and then the seal onto the cable.
4. Cut back an appropriate length of the outer cable sheath.
5. Bend the braided shield at the end of the outer sheath up through 90°.
Push the sleeve with a twisting action over the foil until it is under the
braided shield in the outer sheath.
6. Trim off the braided shield flush with the outer edge of the sleeve.
7. Pull the ends of the signal cables though the glands with the foil and cut
off the foil.
8. Strip the ends of the signal lines and crimp the conductors with wire
ferrules.
9. Connect the lines to the corresponding terminals.
10.Pull the lines taut and tighten the gland.
11. Repeat steps 2 through 10 with other signal lines or close the module
using a screwdriver. When closing the module, make sure that the cover is
correctly seated as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the
casing.
Cap of Gland Seal Sleeve
Braided
Shield
Analog Module
with Gland for
Grounding Cable
Figure 4-23 Components of the Cable Gland for the Grounding Cable
Note
When you connect the signal lines, check that the DIL switches on the
printed circuit board (see Figure 4-24) remain easily accessible.
Connecting
Outputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-36 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0), Continued
Connect the signal lines to the terminals in accordance with the table below.
Table 4-15 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0)
Chan
nel Terminal 4-wire layout 2-wire layout
1not used
2 not used
CH0 3Analog output ”Voltage” (+) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (+)
4Analog output ”Voltage” (–) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (–)
5 Sensor line (S+) not used
6Sensor line (S–) not used
CH1 7Analog output ”Voltage” (+) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (+)
8Analog output ”Voltage” (–) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (–)
9 Sensor line (S+) not used
10 Sensor line (S–) not used
CH2 11 Analog output ”Voltage” (+) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (+)
12 Analog output ”Voltage” (–) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (–)
13 Sensor line (S+) not used
14 Sensor line (S–) not used
CH3 15 Analog output ”Voltage” (+) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (+)
16 Analog output ”Voltage” (–) Analog output
”Current or Voltage” (–)
17 Sensor line (S+) not used
18 Sensor line (S–) not used
19 not used
20 not used
Seal all unused outputs with the screw caps supplied (module is supplied with
all outputs sealed).
Terminal
Assignment
Sealing of Unused
Outputs
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-37
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Figure 4-24 shows the arrangement of screw terminals and DIL switches in
the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit.
DIl Switches
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH0
S2
S1
-
+
-
-
+
-
-
+
-
Figure 4-24 Arrangement of Screw Terminals and DIL Switches in ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit
Table 4-16 DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
DIL switch block Function Described
S1 Manually set the station
number Section 4.4.1
S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire con-
nection Section 4.4.4
You have two options for connecting loads to the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit:
Connect load in 4-wire circuit
Connect load in 2-wire circuit
Arrangement of
Screw Terminals
and DIL Switches
Connection
Options
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-38 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0), Continued
The voltage is connected for the load via two high-resistance sensor lines
(S+, S– at terminals + and –) for each channel. In this way it is possible to
correct voltage drops of up to 3 V per line.
It is important to ensure that the sensor lines are connected directly to the
load.
The illustration below shows how to connect loads in a 4-wire circuit for
voltage output.
12345678
ON ON S2
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
RL
RL
.
.
S+
S+
S-
S-
.
.
Shield
.
Figure 4-25 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 4-Wire Circuit for
Voltage Output
Load in 4-Wire
Circuit (Voltage
Output)
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-39
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
In a 2-wire circuit there are no sensor lines. A 2-wire circuit for voltage out-
put is possible if the line resistance of the signal lines is negligible with
respect to the load resistance.
Close the DIL switches in DIL switch block S2 in order to obtain a precise
output voltage in the 2-wire circuit. This creates a low-ohmic link between
the sensor input and the associated output, thus preventing a circuit-related
error due to the output-voltage feedback.
The illustration below shows how to connect loads in a 2-wire circuit for
voltage output.
12345678
ON ON
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
RL
RL
S2
Shield
.
Figure 4-26 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit for
Voltage Output
Load in 2-Wire
Circuit (Voltage
Output)
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-40 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Wiring of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0KB0), Continued
The illustration below shows how to connect loads in a 2-wire circuit for cur-
rent output.
12345678
ON ON
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
RL
RL
S2
Shield
.
Figure 4-27 Connection of Loads to ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit, 2-Wire Circuit for
Current Output
Load in 2-Wire
Circuit (Current
Output)
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-41
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.9 Wiring of the Load Voltage Supply
The digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A are each equipped with a connection for the load supply
voltage. The load supply voltage can be also be routed from an ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A module via a second connection to a further digital
module with outputs.
The digital input/output module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is
equipped with a connection for the load voltage supply for each channel
group (Q0, Q1). The load voltage supply cannot be looped onto other mod-
ules.
To connect the load voltage supply you will require
6-pin circular socket for “incoming” load voltage
or
6-pin circular connector for ”outgoing” load voltage (only with ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A)
Flexible 3-core Cu cables:
– for ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A with a minimum core
cross-sectional area of 0.75 mm2 (AWG 18) and a diameter of
between 6 and 10 mm.
– for ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A with a minimum core cross-sectional
area of 2.5 mm2 (AWG 13).
Connect the circular socket/circular connector in accordance with the follow-
ing pin assignment:
Table 4-17 Pin Assignment of the Load Voltage Supply
Pin Load voltage supply
1 PE
2P 24 V
3M 24 V
4 free
5 free
6 free
Connections which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed metal
caps.
Introduction
Connecting Load
Voltage Supply
Sealing of Unused
Connections
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-42 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.3.10 Wiring of the External Power Supply to the PS Connector
An external power supply must be connected to the power supply connector.
To connect the external power supply you will require
6-pin circular socket
and
Flexible 3-core Cu cables:
– with a minimum core cross-section of 0.75 mm2 (AWG 18) and a
diameter of 6 to 10 mm.
Connect the circular socket in accordance with the following pin assignment:
Table 4-18 Pin Assignment of the External Power Supply
Pin Power supply
1 PE
2P 24 V
3M 24 V
4 free
5 free
6 free
Connections which are not required must be sealed using the enclosed metal
caps.
Introduction
Connecting
External Power
Supply
Sealing of Unused
Connections
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-43
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.4 Setting DIL Switches on Analog Modules of ET 200C
In the following analog modules, the lower printed-circuit board accommo-
dates the terminal block plus a number of DIL switch blocks:
ET200C; AI 4/8 12 bit
ET200C; AI 4 12 bit
ET200C; AO 4 12 bit
These DIL switch blocks can be used to set the station number of the
ET 200C module (optional), the measurement type for the input modules, and
the wiring configuration (2-wire or 4-wire) for the output module.
Every analog module has a DIL switch block for setting the station number
(block S1). The other DIL switch blocks are module-specific.
Note
The settings performed electronically with COM ET 200 Windows as
described in the manual ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No.
6ES5 998-3ES12) must always match the settings of the internal DIL
switches of the analog modules.
Introduction
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-44 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.4.1 Setting the Station Number of Analog Modules by Means of
DIL Switch Block S1
DIL switch block S1 is in the default position (as delivered). In the default
position the single DIL switch is set to E (for Electronic parameterization via
the bus) and the seven DIL switches in the array for setting the station num-
ber are set to 1 (see Figure 4-28).
6432168421
S1
M
DIL Switch Block S1 in Default
Position (As Delivered)
E
1
0
Electronic Param-
eterization via
Bus
Manual Setting
by Means of DIL
Switches
Figure 4-28 DIL Switch Block in Default Position (As Delivered)
If you leave the switches in their default positions, all you have to do is set
the station number when parameterizing via the bus (see Chapter 5).
If you set the single DIL switch to M (for Manual setting by DIL switches)
you must use the seven DIL switches in the array to set the station number
(see Figure 4-29).
Basic Requirement
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-45
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The rules which apply to setting the station number by means of the DIL
switches in DIL switch block S1 are as follows:
The single DIL switch of DIL switch block S1 must be set to M (for
Manual setting via DIL switch). The default setting of this switch is E
(for Electronic setting via the bus).
An ET 200C analog module must be assigned a station number in the
range:
– IM 308-B master interface: 3 ... 124
– IM 308-C master interface: 1 ... 123
You must also enter the same station number when parameterizing with
COM ET 200.
Example Y ou want to assign station number 6 to an analog module
6 = 2 + 4
DIL switch block S1 set to station number 6
6432168421
S1
M
E
1
0
Figure 4-29 Example of How to Set a Station Number at DIL Switch Block S1
To set a station number by means of the DIL switches in DIL switch block
S1, proceed as follows:
1. Open the analog module.
2. On the lower printed-circuit board, set the single switch of DIL switch
block S1 to M (for Manual).
3. Set the station number by means of the block of seven DIL switches (see
Figure 4-29).
4. Close the module, making sure that the cover is correctly seated as
damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing.
Rules
Setting a Station
Number by Means
of DIL Switches
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-46 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.4.2 Setting the Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit
The lower printed-circuit board in the analog module ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit accommodates the following module-specific DIL switch
blocks:
Table 4-19 Module-Specific DIL Switch Blocks in ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
DIL switch block Function Default setting
(as delivered)
S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire con-
nection for Pt 100 resistance
thermometers
OFF
4-wire connection for
Pt 100
S3 Select external/internal and
floating/non-floating com-
pensation for thermocouples
ON
internal and non-floa-
ting compensation for
thermocouples
S4 Select floating or non-floa-
ting measurement OFF
floating measurement
The rules for setting the measurement type for the analog module ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit by means of the DIL switches are as follows:
High-precision measurement with Pt 100 resistance thermometers is
ensured only if you use 4-wire connection.
The usual setting for thermocouple measurements is internal with
non-floating compensation. Use external compensation only if the
reference point has to be outside the analog module ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit. Spurious voltages can occur, caused for example by
crosstalk at the compensator input.
Non-floating compensation prevents voltage shift in the event of a
common-mode disruption at the compensator.
You should always use non-floating measurement by preference, as this
will suppress the effect of severe common-mode disruptions, for example.
When you close the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated
as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing.
Basic Requirement
Rules
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-47
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
DIL switch block S2 on the AI 4/8 module enables you to select 2-wire or
4-wire connection for Pt 100 resistance thermometers.
Set DIL switch block S2 as follows:
Table 4-20 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2
DIL switch
block S2 Default Switch ON
1 OFF Channels (CH) 0 and 1, measuring line (positive)
connected to constant current line (positive)
(2-wire connection for Pt 100)
2 OFF Channels (CH) 0 and 1, measuring line (nega-
tive) connected to constant current line (nega-
tive) (2-wire connection for Pt 100)
3 OFF Channel (CH) 2 and 3, measuring line (positive)
connected to constant current line (positive)
(2-wire connection for Pt 100)
4 OFF Channels (CH) 2 and 3, measuring line (nega-
tive) connected to constant current line (nega-
tive) (2-wire connection for Pt 100)
5 OFF Channels (CH) 4 and 5, measuring line (positive)
connected to constant current line (positive)
(2-wire connection for Pt 100)
6 OFF Channels (CH) 4 and 5, measuring line (nega-
tive) connected to constant current line (nega-
tive) (2-wire connection for Pt 100)
7 OFF Channels (CH) 6 and 7, measuring line (positive)
connected to constant current line (positive)
(2-wire connection for Pt 100)
8 OFF Channel (CH) 6 and 7, measuring line (negative)
connected to constant current line (negative)
(2-wire connection for Pt 100)
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7
12345678
DIL Switches of DIL Switch Block S2 ON
Figure 4-30 Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2
Setting DIL Switch
Block S2
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-48 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Setting Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit,
Continued
Note
If you use a 2-wire circuit for measuring with thermocouples or for voltage
measurement, make sure that the corresponding DIL switch in DIL switch
block S2 is ON.
DIL switch block S3 on the AI 4/8 module enables you to select external/in-
ternal and floating/non-floating compensation for thermocouples.
Set DIL switch block S3 as follows:
Table 4-21 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S3
DIL switch block
S3 Default Switch ON
1 ON Negative input connected to ground (non-
floating compensation)
2 ON External compensation inputs short-circuited
(necessary for internal compensation)
Setting DIL Switch
Block S3
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-49
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
DIL switch block S4 on the AI 4/8 module enables you to select floating/non-
floating measurement.
Set DIL switch block S4 as follows:
Table 4-22 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4
DIL switch
block S4 Default Switch ON
1 OFF Channel (CH) 0, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
2 OFF Channel (CH) 1, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
3 OFF Channel (CH) 2, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
4 OFF Channel (CH) 3, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
5 OFF Channel (CH) 4, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
6 OFF Channel (CH) 5, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
7 OFF Channel (CH) 6, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
8 OFF Channel (CH) 7, measuring line (negative)
connected to analog ground
(non-floating measurement)
.
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 CH5 CH6 CH7
1
MANA
2 43 5 6 87
.......
DIL Switches of DIL Switch Block S4 OFF (default)
Figure 4-31 Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S4
Setting DIL Switch
Block S4
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-50 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.4.3 Setting Measurement Type for Analog Module ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit
The lower printed-circuit board in the analog module ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit accommodates the following module-specific DIL switch
block:
Table 4-23 Module-Specific DIL Switch Block in ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
DIL switch block Function Default setting
(as delivered)
S5 Select voltage or current
measurement OFF
voltage measurement
Select floating or non-floa-
ting measurement OFF
floating measurement
If you close a DIL switch for current measurement, a shunt resistor
(125 ohms) parallel to the input is activated.
!Caution
Make sure that this shunt resistor is not in circuit for voltage measurements,
as otherwise the sensor would be overloaded.
The rules for setting the measurement type for the analog module ET 200C;
AI 4 12 bit by means of the DIL switches are as follows:
The shunt resistor parallel to the input of the channel in question must be
activated for measuring currents.
You should always use non-floating measurement by preference, as this
will suppress the effect of severe common-mode disruptions, for example.
When you close the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated
as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing.
Basic Requirement
Rules
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-51
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
DIL switch block S5 on the AI 4 module enables you to select voltage or cur-
rent measurement and floating or non-floating measurement.
Set DIL switch block S5 as follows:
Table 4-24 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5
DIL switch block
S5 Default Switch ON
1 OFF Channel (CH) 0, shunt resistor activated
(voltage measurement)
2 OFF Channel (CH) 0
measuring line (negative) connected to
analog ground (floating measurement)
3 OFF Channel (CH) 1, shunt resistor activated
(voltage measurement)
4 OFF Channel (CH) 1
measuring line (negative) connected to
analog ground (floating measurement)
5 OFF Channel (CH) 2, shunt resistor activated
(voltage measurement)
6 OFF Channel (CH) 2
measuring line (negative) connected to
analog ground (floating measurement)
7 OFF Channel (CH) 3, shunt resistor activated
(voltage measurement)
8 OFF Channel (CH) 3
measuring line (negative) connected to
analog ground (floating measurement)
..
MANA
.
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
CH0 CH1 CH2 CH3
2.
DIL Switches of DIL Switch Block S5 OFF (default)
13 5 7
.4
.6
.8
.
Figure 4-32 Block Diagram of DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S5
Setting DIL Switch
Block S5
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-52 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
4.4.4 Setting Connection Mode for Analog Module ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit
The lower printed-circuit board in the analog module ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit accommodates the following module-specific DIL switch
block:
Table 4-25 Module-specific DIL-switch block in ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
DIL switch block Function Default setting
(as delivered)
S2 Select 2-wire or 4-wire con-
nection mode OFF
4-wire connection
mode
Note
The DIL switch of DIL switch block S2 must be set to ON for 2-wire
connection mode, as otherwise an error of + 2 % would occur at the output.
The rules for setting the connection mode for the analog module ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit by means of the DIL switches are as follows:
The analog module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit is intended primarily for
high-end control functions with 4-wire configurations. You should use the
2-wire option only in exceptional cases.
If you have to use 2-wire connection, set the DIL switches of DIL switch
block S2 in the analog module ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit accordingly
When you close the module, make sure that the cover is correctly seated
as damage may occur if the cover is not aligned with the casing.
Basic Requirement
Rules
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-53
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
DIL switch block S2 on the AO 4 module enables you to select 2-wire or
4-wire connection.
Set DIL switch block S2 as follows:
Table 4-26 DIL Switches in DIL Switch Block S2
DIL switch
block S2 Default Switch ON
1 OFF Channel (CH) 0, output line (positive)
connected to sensor line (positive)
(2-wire connection)
2 OFF Channel (CH) 0, output line (negative)
connected to sensor line (negative)
(2-wire connection)
3 OFF Channel (CH) 1, output line (positive)
connected to sensor line (positive)
(2-wire connection)
4 OFF Channel (CH) 1, output line (negative)
connected to sensor line (negative)
(2-wire connection)
5 OFF Channel (CH) 2, output line (positive)
connected to sensor line (positive)
(2-wire connection)
6 OFF Channel (CH) 2, output line (negative)
connected to sensor line (negative)
(2-wire connection)
7 OFF Channel (CH) 3, output line (positive)
connected to sensor line (positive)
(2-wire connection)
8 OFF Channel (CH) 3, output line (negative)
connected to sensor line (negative)
(2-wire connection)
Setting DIL Switch
Block S2
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
4-54 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Mechanical and Electrical Installation
5-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Address Assignment and
Parameterization with COM ET 200
This chapter is based on the ET 200 Distributed I/O System manual. The
ET 200 Distributed I/O System manual contains basic information on
COM ET 200.
Address assignment is an important aspect of COM ET 200. In the ET 200
Distributed I/O System manual, you will find information on the type of ad-
dress assignment (linear addressing or dual-port RAM addressing).
Typical address assignment for ET 200C is described in this chapter.
This chapter also explains how to fill out the “CONFIGURING” screen form
of the COM ET 200 V4.x parameterization software for configuring the
ET 200C distributed I/O station.
Using this screen form you specify the following information for each
ET 200C slave station:
The station number (see Section 5.1.1),
The address area and the station type of the station (see Section 5.1.2),
The addresses of the inputs and outputs (seeSection 5.1.3) and
The inputs and outputs that will generate a diagnostics signal in the event
of a fault (see Section 5.1.4).
You can skip this chapter if you use ET 200C with COM ET 200 Windows .
COM ET 200 Windows supports standardized, simple configuration and
parameterization for all ET 200 slaves. Its use is not described in this manual.
See the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order No.
6ES5 998-3ES12) for details on working with COM ET 200 Windows. The
program also has an integral online help system which provides all the sup-
port you need to configure and parameterize the ET 200C modules.
The parameters of the ET 200C analog modules that you can set with
COM ET 200 Windows are listed in Chapter 12 of this manual.
Note
The Import Memory Card function in COM ET 200 Windows V1.0 works
correctly only in configurations that do not include ET 200C analog
modules.
Introduction
In this Chapter
COM ET 200
Windows
5
5-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
5.1 Address Assignment with COM ET 200 V4.x
In order to put an ET 200C into operation with COM ET 200, make sure that
the type file of the ET 200C module in question is available in the
COM ET 200 directory.
The designations of the type files are as follows:
Table 5-1 Type File Designations for ET 200C
Station type Order number Type file
C-8DI DP 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 SN8010TD.200
C-8DO DP 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 SN8011TD.200
C-8DO/2A DP 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 SI8012TD.200
C-16DI/16DO/2A DP 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0,
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 SI8013TD.200
The type files of the ET 200C modules are part of COM ET 200 (as of Ver-
sion 4.1). If you are currently working with COM ET 200 V4.0, you can ob-
tain Version 4.1 of COM ET 200 free of charge from your contact at
Siemens.
Alternatively, you can download the appropriate type file from the interface
centre via modem under the following mailbox number:
Tel.: +49 911/73-7972
All type files are made available centrally in the interface centre.
Appendix B of the manual includes a section which contains the contents of
the types files. If necessary, you can use these to generate any missing type
files yourself using an ASCII editor.
Type Files
How to Obtain the
Type Files
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
5.1.1 Enter Station Number
You have processed the ET 200 system parameters in the COM ET 200 form
”ET 200 SYSTEM PARAMETERS” (see the manual ET 200 Distributed I/O
System).
Please note the following when editing the station number:
An ET 200C station must have a station number between 3 and 124.
The station number of a “further active station” (if specified in the
“ET 200 SYSTEM PARAMETERS” form) may not be entered for the
ET 200C station!
The station number is entered as follows:
1. From the “FUNCTION SELECTION” screen, press <F2> to go to the
“CONFIGURING” screen.
2. If necessary, correct the station number that appears on the screen.
Entry options:
Possible station numbers for ET 200C: 3 to 124
Help:
Press <F7> (HELP). A window appears with all previously assigned
station numbers and station types. You can select a station and display its
configuration. If no station number has been assigned, the message
“No stations configured” appears.
3. Confirm the entry with <F6> (ENTER).
If the station whose number you entered has already been configured, its con-
figuration appears on the screen after you complete your entry.
If the station whose number you entered has not already been configured,
two additional entry fields appear in the “CONFIGURING” screen: “Area”
and “Station type” (see Section 5.1.2).
Basic Requirement
Rules
Procedure:
Enter Station
Number
Result
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Enter Station Number, Continued
In our example the station is being assigned the station number “3”.
ENTER HELP EXIT
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8F1
Station number: 3
Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200
CONFIGURING
Figure 5-1 “CONFIGURING” Screen (1)
Example
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
5.1.2 Enter Address Area and Station Type
If the station has not already been configured, two additional entry fields
“Area” and “Station type” appear in the “CONFIGURING” screen after entry
of the station number (see Section 5.1.1).
Address area and station type of the ET 200C are defined as follows:
1. Enter the address area of the station in the “Area” entry field.
Entry options:
If you entered “Y” for the ET 200 system parameter “Dual-port RAM
ADDR”, you must enter the abbreviation of the peripheral area (example:
“P3” for dual-port RAM page number 3 in the P peripheral area).
If you entered “N” for the ET 200 system parameter “Dual-port RAM
ADDR”, you must select one of the permissible areas for linear
addressing (P or Q).
Note
The ET 200 Distributed I/O System manual describes the basic principles of
address assignment for ET 200 (linear addressing or dual-port RAM
addressing).
2. Enter the corresponding name for your ET 200C station in the “Station
type” entry field. (see Table 5-1)
Help:
Press <F7> to make a window appear with all station types that can be
entered in the entry field.
3. Confirm your entries by pressing <F6> (ENTER).
On completion of the entries, additional entry fields and a table for configur-
ing the inputs or outputs appear in the CONFIGURING screen
(see Section 5.1.3).
Basic Requirement
Procedure:
Enter Address
Area and
Station Type
Result
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Enter Address Area and Station Type, Continued
In our example, a digital input module (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0) is to be con-
figured. The inputs of the module are addressed linearly in the P peripheral
area.
ENTER HELP EXIT
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8F1
Station number: 3
Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200
CONFIGURING
Area: P Station type: C-8DI DP
Figure 5-2 “CONFIGURING” Screen (2)
Example
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
5.1.3 Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier
After the station type has been entered (see Section 5.1.2), additional entry
fields for configuring the inputs and outputs appear in the “CONFIGURING”
screen.
If required, you can assign a name to the ET 200C distributed I/O station in
the “Station name” entry field (all keyboard characters are permitted).
COM ET 200 automatically displays the next available address for the digital
inputs (DI), digital outputs (DQ), analog inputs (AI) and analog outputs
(AQ).
When selecting the “CONFIGURING” screen for the first time in the se-
lected program file, the next available addresses are set to “0”.
The addresses of the inputs/outputs of the ET 200C station are defined as
follows:
1. If required, enter in the “Next free address” entry fields another free
address that you wish to use for the inputs or outputs of the ET 200C
station.
Entry options:
For linear addressing: 0 to 255
For Q dual-port RAM addressing: 0 to 254
For P dual-port RAM addressing: 192 to 254
2. Enter the address identifiers of the ET 200C in the entry fields of the
”Configuration” area (Fig. 5-3: ).
Requirement:
The cursor must be positioned at the entry field for the address identifier
(slot).
Note
All output ports are assigned the slot ”0.” in the case of digital ET 200C
modules. All input ports are assigned the slot ”1.”.
Entry option:
Enter the address identifiers as decimal numbers (see table 5-2).
Basic Requirement
“Station Name”
“Next Available
Address”
Procedure:
Enter Addresses
and Address
Identifiers
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier, Continued
3. Confirm the entries with <F6> (ENTER).
COM ET 200 automatically displays the initial module address in the output
field ”Module address: I: Q:”:
in field ”I:” the initial module address for the inputs
in field ”Q:” the initial module address for the outputs
The input and output area are addressed separately from ”Next available ad-
dress” (per address identifier).
The following address identifiers are used for ET 200C:
Table 5-2 Address Identifiers for ET 200C (DP Standard)
Module Order number Address identifier Consis-
tency
Address
range
Address
area
Slot 0: Slot 1:
tency
range
(byte)
area
ET 200C;
DI 8 DC 24V 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 000 016 Byte 1 digital
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 032 000 Byte 1 digital
ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 032 000 Byte 1 digital
ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16
DC 24V/2A
6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 033 017 Byte 21digital
1per input and output area
Result
Address identifiers
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
In our example, ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is to be used for
”Press control”.
Addresses:
16 digital inputs: I 0.0 ... 0.7, I 1.0 ... 1.7,
16 digital outputs: Q 0.0 ... 0.7, Q 1.0 ... 1.7,
Address identifier:
16 digital inputs: 017
16 digital outputs: 033
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8F1
Configuration: Module address
(Shift F6: DP slave parameterization frame) I: Q:
0. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15.
16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23.
24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31.
Station number: 5
Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200
CONFIGURING
Area: P Station type: C-16DI/16DO/2A DP
Station name: Press control
Next available address: DI: 2 DQ: 2 AI: 0 AQ: 0
033
STATION
–DELETE
STATION NEW
STATION ADRESS
ASSIGN. ENTER HELP EXIT
STATION
+
017
Figure 5-3 ”CONFIGURING” Screen (3)
Example
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Enter Station Name, Addresses and Address Identifier, Continued
Table 5-2 contains all of the address identifiers you require for ET 200C.
If the address identifiers are not available, you can have them created by
COM ET 200. The window ”DP identifier” must be filled in for this purpose.
1. Position the cursor at the input field for the address identifier.
Example:
Move the cursor to the input field for slot ”1.” in order to enter the
address identifier for the 16 DI of the ET 200C-16DI/16DO.
2. Press <F7> (HELP).
The ”DP identifier” window will then appear:
DP-IDENTIFIER
I/Q: # Length: ## Format: # Consistency: #
Help:
I/Q: I: Input, Q: Output,
X: Input/Output,
Length: 1 - 16
Format: B: Byte, W: Word,
Consistency:0: Byte/Word 1: Total
(depending on format)
3. Make the appropriate entries in the 4 fields with the aid of the legend.
Example:
”DP IDENTIFIER” for the 16 inputs of the ET 200C-16DI/16DO
(slot ”1.”):
DP-IDENTIFIER
I/Q: I Length: 2 Format: B Consistency: 0
Help:
I/Q: I: Input, Q: Output,
X: Input/Output,
Length: 1 - 16
Format: B: Byte, W: Word,
Consistency:0: Byte/Word 1: Total
(depending on format)
4. Confirm the entries with <F6> (ENTER).
The input field for the address identifier contains the correct address identi-
fier (”017”) for the 16 inputs of the ET 200C-16DI/16DO.
Procedure: Enter
Address Identifiers
Individually
Result
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The process image is created one word at a time by the CPUs 941, 942, 943
and 944 (AG S5-115U/H series). In the case of ET 200C, this means that two
slave stations can be addressed within one word:
8DI (1)
8DI (2)
...
...
...
Address 0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
8DO (1)
8DO (2)
...
...
...
Address 0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
The following can occur if an input/output value is read in via the process
image:
Assumption: failure occurs in 8DI (1) or 8DO (1).
Since the CPUs 941 ... 944 read/write the process image one word at a time,
they recognize that a failure has occurred in 8DI (1) or 8DO (1). As a result,
no read/write operations are performed by the CPUs on the process image of
8DI (2) or 8DO (2) either, although these are present.
The CPU is set to STOP with NAK (if ”NAK = yes” in COM ET 200). The
CPU is reset to RUN after a STOP-RUN transition although 8DI (1) and 8DI
(2) (or 8DO (1) and 8DO (2)) are not entered in the process image.
8DO (2) behaves in the same way as in case 1.
Assumption: failure occurs in 8DI (2).
Since the above-mentioned CPUs read the process image one word at a time,
they recognize that a failure has occurred in 8DI (2).
The CPU is set to STOP with NAK (if ”NAK = yes” in COM ET 200). The
CPU remains set to STOP even after a STOP-RUN transition.
Note
The following rules must be noted when addressing the CPUs 941 ... 944:
1. Only use load and transfer commands. These commands recognize, one
byte at a time, whether or not a byte is present or missing or
2. Assign each ET 200C module to an even address (e.g. 2, 4, ...) and leave
the odd addresses free. You can then also access the process image.
Special Points of
Interest with
Regard to
Addressing
Case 1
Case 2
Case 3
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
5.1.4 Enter Parameterization Frame with COM ET 200 V4.x
The diagnostic behavior of each individual input or output or the entire mod-
ule (16 DI/16 DO) is defined for the digital ET 200C modules using the
parameterization frame.
Note
The diagnostics function must always be switched off for an input/output,
Sif the output is not used or
Sif an output is returned directly to an input or
Sif the sensor supply of an input is returned directly to the input
(see Section 4.3.2/4.3.3).
Perform the following steps in order to enter the diagnostic behavior in the
parameterization frame of the ET 200C:
1. Press (shift) F6 (DP slave parameterization frame).
The ”DP slave parameterization frame” window for the ET 200C station
will then appear. 5 bytes of the parameterization frame are preassigned
with ”00H” the first time this is selected:
DP SLAVE - PARAMETERIZATION FRAME
Byte (entry in format KH)
–––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––––
0 00 00 00 00 00
10
20
2. Then enter the diagnostic behavior of the ET 200C station in the format
”KH”.
Note
Only bytes 0 and 1 (marked with ”j” in the diagram) are relevant for
parameterizing the diagnostic behavior of the ET 200C station . The entry
options and their meaning are described in Fig. 5-5 and 5-4.
Bytes 2, 3 and 4 contain ”00H” which cannot be overwritten!
3. Terminate the entry with <F6> (ENTER).
4. Confirm the configuration with <F6> (ENTER).
Introduction
Procedure: Define
Diagnostic
behavior
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The defined diagnostic behavior is stored in the preselected program file.
The diagnostic behavior of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is de-
fined in byte 0 of the parameterization frame. Byte 0 contains ”00H” in the
case of all other ET 200C modules:
Structure of the Parameterization Frame: Byte 0
76543210
Byte 0
1: Group diagnostics for DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
switched off (byte 0: 08H)
0000 000
Figure 5-4 Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 0
The diagnostic response for inputs/outputs 0 to 7 of the ET 200C modules
DI 8 DC 24V, DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and DO 8 DC 24V/2A is defined
in byte 1 of the parameterization frame:
Structure of the Parameterization Frame: Byte 1
76543210
Byte 1
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”0”
switched off
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”1”
switched off
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”2”
switched off
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”3”
switched off
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”4”
switched off
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”5”
switched off
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”6”
switched off
1: Diagnostics for input/output ”7”
switched off
Figure 5-5 Structure of the Parameterization Frame for ET 200C: Byte 1
Result
Structure of the
Parameterization
Frame, Byte 0
Structure of the
Parameterization
Frame, Byte 1
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
5-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Address Assignment and Parameterization with COM ET 200
6-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
There are 2 options available for starting and testing the ET 200C distributed
I/O station:
Using the ET 200 handheld
Using COM ET 200 and programmer (with interface module
CP5410-S5DOS/ST)
Start-up and testing of ET 200C using the ET 200 handheld is described in
the ET 200 Handheld manual.
In chapter 8 of this manual you will learn how to
Connect the handheld and which rules you need to observe to do this
(see Section 9.1).
This chapter describes how to start up and test ET 200C with a programmer
and COM ET 200 V4.x.
You will learn in this chapter how to
Connect the programmer and the rules you need to observe to do this
(see Section 6.1)
Select the station and transfer the configuration data to the station
(see Section 6.2)
Test the station (see Section 6.3).
You can skip this chapter if you use ET 200C with COM ET 200 Windows .
COM ET 200 Windows supports standardized, simple startup for all ET 200
slaves. Its use is not described in this manual. See the manual entitled ET 200
Distributed I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) for details on which
versions of COM ET 200 Windows incorporate test and startup functions.
The program also has an integral online help system which provides all the
support you need for starting up the ET 200C modules.
Startup Options
Handheld
In this Chapter
COM ET 200
Windows
6
6-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
6.1 Connecting the Programmer
There are two options for starting up the ET 200C station with a programmer
and COM ET 200:
The ET 200C module is disconnected from the bus. You connect the
programmer to the ET 200C module.
You can also start up the ET 200C slave station “bus” while it is in
operation. For this purpose, connect the programmer to the
SINEC L2-DP field bus via the programmer connector.
You will need two cable sets to connect the programmer to the ET 200C
module:
An adapter cable (see Section 3.13)
and
The programmer connecting cable (Order No. 6XV1 830-1AH..).
Please observe the following rules when connecting the programmer to
ET 200C modules:
The programmer is plugged into the bus connection of the digital modules
via the adapter cable and the programmer connecting cable.
The digital module is run over an external power supply.
8DI
Adapter Cable
Programmer
Connecting
Cable
External Power
Supply
Figure 6-1 Connecting the Programmer to the ET 200C
Introduction
Requirements for
Connecting the
Programmer to
ET 200C
Rules for
Connecting the
Programmer to
ET 200C
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
6-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
In order to connect the programmer to the SINEC L2-DP field bus, you will
require
A programmer connector (see Section 3.10),
An adapter cable (see Section 3.13) and
The programmer connecting cable (Order No. 6XV1 830-1AH..).
Please note the following rules when connecting the programmer to the
SINEC L2-DP field bus:
The programmer must be connected to the SINEC L2-DP via the
programmer connector.
The programmer is plugged into the programmer connector via the
adapter cable and the programmer connecting cable.
!Caution
If you start up an ET 200C station while the bus is in operation using the
programmer connected to the bus, you must note the following: The station
cannot be controlled by the master station while the programmer has access
to the station!
8DO
8DO/2A
8DI
SV
External
Power Supply
SINEC L2-DP
PS
Adapter Cable
Programmer
Connecting
Cable
External Load
Voltage Supply
External Load
Voltage Supply
16DI/16DO
External Load
Voltage Supply for
Channel Group Q0
External Load
Voltage Supply for
Channel Group Q1
PG
conn.
Figure 6-2 Connecting the Programmer to the SINEC L2-DP Field Bus
Requirements for
Connecting the
Programmer to the
Field Bus
Rules for
Connecting the
Programmer to the
Field Bus
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
6-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
6.2 Starting Up and Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
The ET 200C distributed I/O station has been assigned a station number with
the ET 200 handheld (see Chapter 9). It is now time to start the station with
the programmer and COM ET 200 V4.x.
The ET 200C station is parameterized as follows:
1. Connect your ET 200C module via an adapter cable and programmer
connecting cable to the programmer (using interface module
CP5410-S5DOS/ST) (see Section 6.1).
2. Open the ”STARTUP/TEST” form of the COM ET 200 V.4x software
package (press <F5> in the ”FUNCTION SELECTION” form).
3. Enter the station number of the ET 200C station.
4. Confirm the entry with <F6> (ENTER).
Result:
COM ET 200 V4.x now tries to establish a connection to the station.
After the connection has been established, the station is assigned the con-
figuration data.
The station should now be coded with the current station number.
The station number can be changed using the ET 200 handheld.
Note on changing the baud rate:
Note
It is possible that the ET 200C station will not be admitted to the
SINEC L2-DP bus when an incorrect configuration is redefined and the baud
rate is changed at the same time.
Assumption
Procedure:
Select Station
Result
Rules
Changing the
Baud Rate
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
6-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
In our example, the ET 200C station is to be assigned the station number “3”.
SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATION SELECTED
Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200
ENTER HELP EXIT
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8F1
Station number: 3
Figure 6-3 “SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATION SELECTED” Screen
Example
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
6-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
6.3 Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
Once you have parameterized your ET 200C station (see Section 6.2),
COM ET 200 V4.x automatically goes to the ”STARTUP/TEST : STATUS/
CONTROL” form.
The slot of the input/output port is selected as follows:
1. Position the cursor at the slot of the ET 200C, the input status of which
you wish to evaluate or the outputs of which you wish to control.
2. Press <F5> (SELECT.).
Result:
The selected slot is marked with a ”*”. The slot will be deselected if
<F5> (SELECT.) is pressed again.
3. Confirm the selection with <F6> (ENTER).
The ”SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATUS/CONTROL” screen for the se-
lected station appears with the following contents:
Diagnostics messages for the entire station appear in plain text in the
output field ”Station status”.
The digital inputs/outputs are displayed in ”KH” format in two tables.
Note on changing the baud rate:
Note
It is possible that the ET 200C station will not be admitted to the
SINEC L2-DP bus when an incorrect configuration is redefined and the baud
rate is changed at the same time.
Basic Requirement
Procedure:
Select Slot
Result
Changing the
Baud Rate
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
6-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The digital module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A is tested in our
example.
ENTER HELP EXIT
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8F1
Station number: 6
Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200
START-UP / TEST: STATUS/CONTROL
Station type: C-8DO DP
Station name: PRESS
Station status:
Force
Outputs KH = 13
Status
Inputs
Status of outputs is retained
Slot: 0 Identifier: 032
Figure 6-4 ”SYSTEM START-UP/TEST: STATUS/CONTROL” Screen
Example
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
6-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Testing the ET 200C Distributed I/O Station, Continued
Inputs are tested as follows:
1. Preselect the input signals (sensor signals) for the module.
2. Press <F6> (ENTER).
Result:
The input data for the selected module and (station) diagnostic data is
requested. The diagnosis appears in plain text in the field ”Station status”.
The function key assignments on the screen change.
3. Press <F6> (STOP) to freeze the screen, i.e. to stop the output fields in
the line ”Inputs” from being updated.
Outputs are tested as follows:
1. Enter the output signals in the line ”Outputs”.
2. Press <F6> (ENTER).
Result:
The output data is transferred cyclically to the selected module.
The function key assignments on the screen change.
3. Press <F6> (STOP) to freeze the screen.
Set outputs for ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A:
KH = 13 Output 0 1234567
Signal 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
Procedure:
Test Inputs
Procedure:
Test Outputs
Example
Startup and Test with COM ET 200
7-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
This chapter contains information on diagnosing faults on the ET 200C dis-
tributed I/O station.
This chapter describes fault detection:
via LEDs on the front panel of the module (see Section 7.1)
with COM ET 200 V4.x and the programmer (see Section 7.2)
via STEP 5 (see Section 7.3)
Fault detection via STEP 5 (station diagnostics) is included here for situa-
tions where the ”diagnostics” master of the ET 200C is an IM 308-B.
In this Chapter
7
7-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems
The LEDs on the front of the ET 200C modules provide you with initial in-
formation on that type of fault.
The tables below describe the meanings of the LED signals on the
ET 200C modules.
Table 7-1 Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
LED Optical Signal Explanation
RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V is in the RUN mode
(power supply switched on)
BF Lit (red) Either
The monitoring time has elapsed without the
ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V being addressed
(because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost
or IM 308-B is set to STOP)
or
The ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V was not
parameterized during startup or a restart.
DIA Lit (red) Group diagnostics of the inputs:
Wire breakage, short-circuit/overload at the
sensor supply
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Lit (green) Input active
(Status LEDs of the
inputs) Flashing (red) Short-circuit at the sensor supply of the input
Lit (red) Wire breakage at the sensor supply
4 LEDs lit (red) Internal blowing of fuse1
8 LEDs lit (red) Either
Undervoltage of the module supply
or
Internal blowing of fuse1
1Ask your SIEMENS contact partner
Introduction
Fault Display
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 7-2 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A
LED Optical Signal Explanation
RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A is in the RUN mode (power
supply switched on)
ULLit (green) Load voltage for outputs present
BF Lit (red) Either
The monitoring time has elapsed without the
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V or the ET 200C;
DO 8 DC24V/2A being addressed (because
the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or
IM 308-B is in STOP mode)
or
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A was not parameterized
during startup or a restart
DIA Lit (red) Group diagnostics of the outputs:
Wire break, short-circuit1/overload or
undervoltage at the outputs
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Lit (green) Output active
(Status LEDs of the
outputs) Flashes (red) Short-circuit at the output
Lit (red) Wire break at the output
4 LEDs lit (red)2Internal blowing of fuse3
8 LEDs lit (red)2Either
Undervoltage of the load voltage supply
or
Internal blowing of fuse3
1The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) in the case of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A after the
short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an output is reset).
2Not with ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
3Ask your SIEMENS contact person
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems, Continued
Table 7-3 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
LED Optical Signal Explanation
RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is in the
RUN mode (power supply switched on)
UL1 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q0 present
UL2 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q1 present
BF Lit (red) Either
The monitoring time has elapsed without the
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A being
addressed (because the connection to the
IM 308-B is lost or IM 308-B is in STOP mode)
or
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A was not
parameterized during startup or a restart
DIA Lit (red) Group diagnostics for groups of 4 inputs or 4 out-
puts:
Inputs: wire break, short-circuit1/overload of the
sensor supply
Outputs: wire break, short-circuit2/overload or
undervoltage at the outputs
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9,10,11,12,13,14,15 Lit (green) Input or output active
(Status LEDs of the
inputs/outputs)
1The sensor supply for all of the inputs in the group of 4 is interrupted in the event of a short-circuit in the sensor supply.
2The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) after the short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an
output is reset).
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.2 Using COM ET 200 V4.x to Diagnose Problems
The COM ET 200 V4.x software package provides the ”DIAGNOSTICS”
form for diagnostics functions.
The following are prerequisites for using the diagnostics functions:
You have a programmer with a CP5410-S5DOS/ST programmer bus
interface connected to the SINEC L2-DP bus.
You indicated “Programmer connected to the bus: Y” in the
ET 200-SYSTEM PARAMETERS” screen.
The preset program file is identical to the program file on the E(E)PROM.
A station diagnosis is requested as follows:
1. Press <F6> in the “FUNCTION SELECTION” screen to call up the
“DIAGNOSTICS: OVERVIEW” screen.
Result:
The numbers of the station for which diagnostics data is available are
listed under “Station number” in the screen.
2. Press <F1> (INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS).
Result:
COM ET 200 asks for a “Station number”.
3. In the “Station number” entry field, enter the number of the faulty station
that you want to investigate further.
4. Press <F6> (ENTER) to be able to evaluate the diagnostics messages of
this station.
After <F6> (ENTER) is pressed, COM ET 200 branches to the “INDIVID-
UAL DIAGNOSTICS” screen with the following contents:
The diagnostics messages for the entire station are displayed in plain text in
the output field ”Station status” (see Fig. 7-1).
”Device-r elated diagnostics” provides information on channel-by-channel
diagnostics in ”KH” format. More detailed information on device-related
diagnostics of the ET 200C can be found in Fig. 7-7/7-8.
Introduction
Requirement
Procedure:
Request Station
Diagnosis
Result
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Using COM ET 200 V4.x to Diagnose Problems, Continued
One or several signaling transmitter lines of the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
are interrupted or short-circuited in our example. The device-related diagnos-
tics have a length of 7 bytes (incl. header).
F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8
HELP EXIT
F1
Program file selected: TEST@@ET.200 SIMATIC S5 / COM ET 200
INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS
Station number: 3 Area: P Station type: C-8DI DP
Station name: Press control
Active
Device-related diagnostics
KH = 00 00 BE 00 00 00
Identifier-specific diagnostics:
Slot:
Station status: Device-related diagnostics
Byte 0 Byte 5
Figure 7-1 ”INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS” Screen
Example
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.3 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnosis)
You can use STEP 5 with the IM 308-B master interface for the systematic
pinpointing and diagnosis of faults.
The table below lists the STEP 5 diagnostics facilities:
Table 7-4 STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities
Diagnostics Content
Diagnostics “Overview” Enables you to determine which stations have
diagnostics data pending.
Diagnostics for “Parameter
assignment and adressibility Enables you to determine which stations have been
parameterized and which stations can be contacted.
Station diagnostics Provides messages on the status of the slave station
and locates the defective input or output.
The Diagnostics ”Overview” and ”Parameter Assignment and Addressabil-
ity” each require 2 bytes which are organized in words.
Introduction
STEP 5
Diagnostics
Facilities
Diagnostics
”Overview” and
”Parameter
Assignment and
Addressability”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Continued)
16 bytes per slave station are reserved for the station diagnostics. The 16 by-
tes are organized into 8 words.
To avoid confusion, the 2 diagnostics bytes of the diagnostics words are re-
ferred to below as “Diagnostics address” and “Diagnostics address +1”.
Table 7-5 Structure of the Station Diagnostics for ET 200C
Code Diagnostics address Diagnostics address + 1
0Station status 1 Station status 2
1 Station status 3 Master address
2Manufacturer ID
3 Header
(device-related
diagnostics)
Device-related diagnostics (byte 0)
16DI/16DO: group diagnostics
8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: free
4Reserved (byte 1) Device-related diagnostics (byte 2)
16DI/16DO: free
8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: individual
diagnostics
5Free (byte 3) Free (byte 4)
6 Free (byte 5) Free (byte 6)
7 Free Free
Station
Diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The diagnostics are loaded word by word and transferred to the diagnostics
word. (The load and transfer operations in this section refer to the default
diagnostics address 252).
When you use dual-port RAM addressing, the diagnostics word is located in
the basic dual-port RAM page. Before you request diagnostics for dual-port
RAM page addressing, you must select the dual-port RAM page.
A typical STEP 5 station diagnostics listing is given below:
STL Explanation
L KY (basic dual-port RAM page number)
T PY 255
L KY (station number),(code)
T PW 252
L PW 252
L KH (hex-code: no fault)
!=F
BEB
SFB FBx
Page selection
(Basic dual-port RAM page number:
nx16, n=0,1,..)
Load diagnostics (station number:
3...124, code: see Table 7-5) and
transfer to the diagnostics word
(diagnostics word: in this case
PW 252).
Evaluate diagnostics word (hex-code:
seeSection 7.3.1 to 7.3.5)
Fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
Request
Diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.3.1 “Overview” Diagnostics
The diagnostics ”Overview” includes all stations for which diagnostics data
is available.
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
L KY 127,n
T PW 252
L PW 252
L KH 0000
!=F
BEB
SPB FBx
Store the value 127 (code for
diagnostics ”Overview” request) in
the ”diagnostics address” byte;
store the code for the numbers of
the stations, from which the
diagnostics ”Overview” is to be
requested, in the ”diagnostics
address + 1” byte (the diagnostics
”Overview” ranges from station
(n 16) ... station (n 16 + 15)
Load diagnostics word
No station with faults?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
Introduction
Request
diagnostics
”Overview”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after the diagnostics
”Overview” has been requested:
76543210 76543210
Diagnostics word Diagnostics overview;
Diagnostics address Diagn. address + 1
1: Station (n 16 + 15) has sent diagnostics message.
1: Station (n 16 + 9) has
sent diagnostics message.
.
.
.
1: Station (n 16) has sent diagnostics message.
1: Station (n 16 + 1) has sent diagnostics message.
1: Station (n 16 + 7) has sent diagnostics message.
n = 0, 1, 2, ..., 7
.
.
.
1: Station (n 16 + 8) has
sent diagnostics message.
Figure 7-2 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Diagnostics ”Overview”
Structure:
Diagnostics Word
”Overview”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.3.2 ”Parameter Assignment and Addressability” Diagnostics
The diagnostics for ”parameter assignment and addressability” cover all
stations which can be parameterized and addressed.
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
L KY 126,n
T PW 252
L PW 252
L KH FFFF
!=F
BEB
SPB FBx
Store the value 126 (code for
diagnostics for ”Parameter
assignment and addressability”
request) in the ”diagnostics
address” byte; store the code for
the numbers of the stations, from
which the diagnostics ”Parameter
assignment and addressability” are
to be requested, in the ”diagnostics
address + 1” byte (the diagnostics
range from station (n 16) ...
station (n 16 + 15)
Load diagnostics word
(all stations (n16)...(n16+15)
parameterized with COM ET 200)
No station with faults ?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
Introduction
Request
Diagnostics for
”Parameter
Assignment and
Addressability”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after the diagnostics for
”Parameter assignment and addressability” have been requested:
76543210 76543210
Diagnostics word Diagnostics ”Parameter Assignment and Addressability”;
Diagnostics address Diagn. address + 1
1: Station (n 16 + 15) parameterized and addressable
1: Station (n 16 + 9) parameterized
and addressable
1: Station (n 16 + 8) parameterized
and addressable
1: Station (n 16) parameterized and addressable
1: Station (n 16 + 1) parameterized and addressable
1: Station (n 16 + 7) parameterized and addressable
n = 0, 1, 2, ..., 7
.
.
.
.
.
.
Figure 7-3 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Diagnostics for ”Parameter Assignment and
Addressability”
The following diagnostics messages can be formed by combining the diagno-
stics ”Overview” and diagnostics ”Parameter assignment and addressability”:
Table 7-6 Combination of the Diagnostics ”Overview” and Diagnostics for
”Parameter Assignment and Addressability”
Overview Parameter assignment
and addressability Explanation:
Station is ...
0 0 ... not parameterized and not
addressable
0 1 ... without faults and
addressable
1 0 ... parameterized and not
addressable
1 1 ... with faults but addressable
Structure:
Diagnostics Word
”Parameter
Assignment and
Addressability”
Diagnostics
”Overview” and
Diagnostics for
”Parameter
Assignment and
Addressability”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.3.3 Station Status Diagnostics
The ”Station status 1 to 3” bytes provide information on the station. The
”Master address” byte contains the address of the master station which
parameterized the slave station.
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
L KY n,0
T PW 252
L PW 252
L KH 000C
!=F
BEB
SPB FBx
Store the number of the slave
station (n = slave station), of
which the station status is to be
requested, in the ”Diagnostics
address” byte; store the code for
”Station status 1 and station status
2” (code = 0) in the ”Diagnostics
address + 1” byte.
Load diagnostics word
Monitoring is activated.
No fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
Introduction
Request Station
Status 1 and 2
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Following request of the station status 1 and 2 (code = 0), the diagnostics
word has the following structure:
76543210 76543210
Diagnostics Word ”Station Status 1 and Station Status 2”, Code = 0
Diagnostics address
”Station status 1” Diagnostics address + 1
”Station status 2”
0: Bit is always ”0”.
1: Slave station is deactivated.
1: Slave station cannot be addressed.
1: Slave station is not yet ready for data exchange.
1: The configuration data sent by the master to the slave station does not match
the configuration of the slave.
1: Individual diagnostics selected.
1: Requested function is not supported by the slave station.
1: Slave station is in ”SYNC” mode *.
1: Slave station is in ”FREEZE” mode *.
1: Monitoring is activated.
1: Bit is always ”1”.
1: An implausible response has been received from the addressed slave station.
1: Parameterizing error.
1: Slave station has been parameterized by another master.
1: Slave station cannot continue to operate as
long as fault has not been eliminated.
1: Slave station must be parameterized again
* Indication is only relevant when operated with IM 308-C.
Figure 7-4 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Station Status (Station Status 1 and Station Status 2)
Note
If the slave station was not configured with COM ET 200 (V4.0) when
operated with IM 308-B, the structure of the diagnostics word ”Station status
1 and station status 2” (KH format) is as follows:
Station status: 01H
Station status: 44H
Structure:
Diagnostics Word
“Station Status 1
and 2”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Station Status Diagnostics, Continued
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
L KY n,1
T PW 252
L PW 252
L KH 0001
!=F
BEB
SPB FBx
In the ”Diagnostics address” byte,
the number of the slave station (n =
station nuumber) which requests the
master address is to be stored; in
the ”Diagnostics address + 1” byte,
the code for the ”Station status 3
and master address” (code = 1) is to
be stored.
Load diagnostics word
Station number of the master = 1?
No fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
Following request of station status 3 and the master address (code = 1), the
diagnostics word has the following structure:
Diagnostics word ”Station status 3 and master address, code = 1”
76543210 76543210
Irrelevant Address of the master which
parameterized the slave station
Diagnostics address
”Station status 3” Diagnostics address + 1
”Master address”
Figure 7-5 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Station Status
(Station Status 3 and Master Address)
Request Station
Status 3 and
Master Address
Structure:
Diagnostics Word
“Station Status 3
and Master
Address”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.3.4 Manufacturer Identification Diagnostics
The “Manufacturer identification” byte describes the type of slave station.
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
L KY n,2
T PW 252 Store the number of the slave
station (n = station number), from
which the manufacturer
identification is to be requested,
in the ”Diagnostics address” byte;
store the code for ”manufacturer
identification” (code = 2) in the
”Diagnostics address + 1” byte.
Following request of the manufacturer identification (code = 2), the diagnos-
tics word has the following structure:
Diagnostics Word ”Manufacturer Identification”, Code = 2
76543210 76543210
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
8010H: ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0)
8011H: ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0)
8012H: ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0)
8013H: ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
Diagnostics Address Diagnostics Address + 1
Figure 7-6 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Request for Manufacturer Identification
Introduction
Request
Manufacturer
Identification
Structure:
Diagnostics Word
“Manufacturer
Identification”
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
7.3.5 Device-related Diagnostics – Digital ET 200C
The device-related diagnostics indicate which inputs or outputs are defective.
The header provides information on the length of the device-related diagnos-
tics.
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
L KY n,3
T PW 252
L PW 252
L KH 0700
!=F
BEB
SPB FBx
Store the number of the slave
station (n = station number), for
which the device-related diagnostics
are to be requested, in the
”Diagnostics address” byte; store
the code for ”header” or
”device-related diagnostics” (group
diagnostics) for 16 DI/16 DO (code =
3) in the ”Diagnostics address + 1”
byte.
Load diagnostics word
Fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
Introduction
Request Header
and Device-related
Diagnostics for
16 DI/16 DO
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-19
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after requesting the header
and the device-related diagnostics for ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/DC
(code 3):
Diagnostics Word ”Header” and ”Device-Related
Diagnostics (16 DI/16 DO)”, Code = 3
76543210 76543210
Diagnostics address
”Header”
Diagnostics address + 1
”Device-related
diagnostics”
Code for
I/”O
diagnos-
tics
Length of the
individual diagnostics
incl. ”header”
(length = 7 bytes)
00000111 Output”0...3”
defective
Output”4...7”
defective
Output”8...11”
defective
Output”12...15”
defective
Input ”0...3”
defective
Input ”4...7”
defective
Input ”8...11”
defective
Input ”12...15”
defective
Figure 7-7 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Header and the
Device-related Diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
Structure:
Diagnostics Word
”Header” and
Device-related
Diagnostics for
16 DI/16 DO
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
7-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Device-related Diagnostics – Digital ET 200C, Continued
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
L KY n,4
T PW 252
L KH 0000
L PW 252
!=F
BEB
SPB FBx
Store the number of the slave
station (n = station number), for
which the device-related diagnostics
are to be requested, in the
”Diagnostics address” byte; store
the code for ”device-related
diagnostics” (individual
diagnostics) for 8DI, 8DO and
8DO/2A” (code = 4) in the
”Diagnostics address + 1” byte.
Load diagnostics word
Fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
The structure of the diagnostics word is as follows after requesting the de-
vice-related diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V, ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (code = 4):
Diagnostics Word ”Device-Related Diagnostics”, Code = 4
76543210 76543210
Diagnostics address
Diagnostics address + 1
”Device-related
diagnostics”
Reserved
1: Input/output ”7” defective
1: Input/output ”0” defective
Figure 7-8 Structure of the Diagnostics Word after Requesting the Device-related
Diagnostics of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V, ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
Request
Device-related
Diagnostics for 8
DI, 8 DO and
8DO/2A
Structure:
Diagnostics Word
”Device-related
Diagnostics” for
8DI, 8DO and
8DO/2A
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-B
8-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
This chapter contains information on diagnosing faults on the ET 200C dis-
tributed I/O station.
This chapter describes fault detection
via LEDs on the front panel of the module (see Section 8.1)
via STEP 5 (see Section 8.2).
Fault detection with STEP 5 (station diagnostics) is included here for situa-
tions where the ”diagnostics” master of the ET 200C is an IM 308-C and an
analog module is connected.
In this Chapter
8
8-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
8.1 Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems
The LEDs on the front of the ET 200C modules provide you with initial in-
formation on that type of fault.
The tables below describe the meanings of the LED signals on the
ET 200C modules.
Table 8-1 Fault Messages through LEDs on the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
LED Optical signal Explanation
RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V is in the RUN mode
(power supply switched on)
BF Lit (red) Either
The monitoring time has elapsed without the
ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V being addressed
(because the connection to the IM 308-B is lost
or IM 308-B is set to STOP)
or
The ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V was not
parameterized during startup or a restart.
DIA Lit (red) Group diagnostics of the inputs:
Wire breakage, short-circuit/overload at the
sensor supply
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Lit (green) Input active
(Status LEDs of the
inputs) Flashing (red) Short-circuit at the sensor supply of the input
Lit (red) Wire breakage at the sensor supply
4 LEDs lit (red) Internal blowing of fuse1
8 LEDs lit (red) Either
Undervoltage of the module supply
or
Internal blowing of fuse1
1Ask your SIEMENS contact partner
Introduction
Fault Display
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 8-2 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A
LED Optical signal Explanation
RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A is in the RUN mode (power
supply switched on)
ULLit (green) Load voltage for outputs present
BF Lit (red) Either
The monitoring time has elapsed without the
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V or the ET 200C;
DO 8 DC24V/2A being addressed (because
the connection to the IM 308-B is lost or
IM 308-B is in STOP mode)
or
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A or ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A was not parameterized
during startup or a restart
DIA Lit (red) Group diagnostics of the outputs:
Wire break, short-circuit1/overload or
undervoltage at the outputs
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 Lit (green) Output active
(Status LEDs of the
outputs) Flashes (red) Short-circuit at the output
Lit (red) Wire break at the output
4 LEDs lit (red)2Internal blowing of fuse3
8 LEDs lit (red)2Either
Undervoltage of the load voltage supply
or
Internal blowing of fuse3
1The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) in the case of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A after the
short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an output is reset).
2Not with ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
3Ask your SIEMENS contact person
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Using LEDs to Diagnose Problems, Continued
Table 8-3 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
LED Optical signal Explanation
RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A is in the
RUN mode (power supply switched on)
UL1 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q0 present
UL2 Lit (green) Load voltage for channel group Q1 present
BF Lit (red) Either
The monitoring time has elapsed without the ET
200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A being
addressed (because the connection to the IM
308-B is lost or IM 308-B is in STOP mode)
or
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A was not
parameterized during startup or a restart
DIA Lit (red) Group diagnostics for groups of 4 inputs or 4 out-
puts:
Inputs: wire break, short-circuit1/overload of the
sensor supply
Outputs: wire break, short-circuit2/overload or
undervoltage at the outputs
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,
9,10,11,12,13,14,15 Lit (green) Input or output active
(Status LEDs of the
inputs/outputs)
1The sensor supply for all of the inputs in the group of 4 is interrupted in the event of a short-circuit in the sensor supply.
2The diagnostics message remains for a further 20 s (approx.) after the short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g. when an
output is reset).
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 8-4 Fault Messages through LEDs of the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit, AI 4 12 Bit and AO 4 12 Bit
LED Optical signal Explanation
RUN Lit (green) ET 200C; analog modules are in the RUN mode
(power supply switched on)
BF Lit (red) Fault on the SINEC L2-DP bus
Data lines short-circuited
Module not parameterized
Bus interruption
or
memory module was reimported with
COM ET 200 Windows V1.01.
DIA Flashes (red) Hardware fault, if BF is also lit2.
Lit (red) Fault at inputs/outputs of the analog modules:
Configuration/parameterization error (4/8 AI,
4AI, 4AO)
Common-mode error (4/8 AI)
Sh i i d (4/8 AI 4 AO)
Short-circuit to ground (4/8 AI, 4 AO)
Wire breakage (4/8 AI, 4 AI, 4 AO)
Measuring range undershot (4/8 AI, 4 AI)
Measuring range overshot (4/8 AI, 4 AI)
1Remedy: Delete configuration of the ET 200C analog module and reconfigure.
2Ask your SIEMENS contact person.
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
8.2 Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics)
You can use STEP 5 for the systematic pinpointing and diagnosis of faults.
The table below lists the STEP 5 diagnostics facilities for operation with
IM 308-C:
Table 8-5 STEP 5 Diagnostics Facilities, Operation with IM 308-C
Diagnostics Content
Master diagnostics Registers all slaves for which diagnostics
messages are pending.
Registers all slaves with which data trans-
fer has taken place within a certain time
window
Provides information on the operating
mode of the DP master
Station diagnostics Provides information on status of the slave
and outputs diagnostics for channel groups
(modules with diagnostics capability only)
Master diagnostics with IM 308-C is dependent on the station type of the
slaves. It is described in detail in the manual entitled ET200 Distributed
I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12).
This section describes station diagnostics with ET 200C.
Introduction
STEP 5
Diagnostics
Facilities
In this Section
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
A certain number of bytes is reserved for station diagnostics of each slave
station. The precise number depends on the station type.
The tables below illustrate the structure of station diagnostics for ET 200C:
Table 8-6 Structure of Station Diagnostics for Digital ET 200C Modules
Byte Content
Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number – PROFIBUS DP
standard
Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) –
PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) –
PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 6 Header (device-related diagnostics)
Diagnostics byte 7 Device-related diagnostics
16 DI/16DO: group diagnostics
8 DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: free
Diagnostics byte 8 Reserved
Diagnostics byte 9 Device-related diagnostics
16 DI/16DO: free
8 DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: individual diagnostics
Diagnostics bytes 10 to
12 free
Structure: Station
Diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics), Continued
Table 8-7 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
Byte Content
Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 6 Header (identification-related diagnostics)
Diagnostics byte 7 Module fault vector
Diagnostics byte 8 Header (device-related diagnostics)
Diagnostics byte 9 S7 header (S7 alarm): limit value alarm 02H
diagnostics alarm 01H
Diagnostics byte 10 Slot number
Diagnostics byte 11 Reserved
Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm
Diagnostics byte 12 System-specific diagnostics Limit value overshoot
Diagnostics byte 13 System-specific diagnostics Limit value undershoot
Diagnostics byte 14 Free Free
Diagnostics byte 15 System-specific diagnostics Free
Diagnostics byte 16 Channel type
Diagnostics byte 17 Length of diagnostics per chan-
nel
Diagnostics byte 18 Number of channels
Diagnostics byte 19 Channel error vector
Diagnostics bytes 20 to 27 Channel-specific diagnostics
: Device-related diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 8-8 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
Byte Content
Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 6 Header (identification-related diagnostics)
Diagnostics byte 7 Module fault vector
Diagnostics byte 8 Header (device-related diagnostics)
Diagnostics byte 9 S7 header (S7 alarm): limit value alarm 02H
diagnostics alarm 01H
Diagnostics byte 10 Slot number
Diagnostics byte 11 Reserved
Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm
Diagnostics byte 12 System-specific diagnostics Limit value overshoot
Diagnostics byte 13 System-specific diagnostics Limit value undershoot
Diagnostics byte 14 Free Free
Diagnostics byte 15 System-specific diagnostics Free
Diagnostics byte 16 Channel type
Diagnostics byte 17 Length of diagnostics per chan-
nel
Diagnostics byte 18 Number of channels
Diagnostics byte 19 Channel error vector
Diagnostics bytes 20 to 23 Channel-specific diagnostics
: Device-related diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics), Continued
Table 8-9 Structure of Station Diagnostics for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
Byte Content
Diagnostics byte 0 Station status 1 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 1 Station status 2 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 2 Station status 3 – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 3 Master station number – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 4 Manufacturer identification (high) – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 5 Manufacturer identification (low) – PROFIBUS DP standard
Diagnostics byte 6 Header (identification-related diagnostics)
Diagnostics byte 7 Module fault vector
Diagnostics byte 8 Header (device-related diagnostics)
Diagnostics byte 9 S7 header (S7 alarm): diagnostics alarm 01H
Diagnostics byte 10 Slot number
Diagnostics byte 11 Reserved
Diagnostics alarm
Diagnostics byte 12 System-specific diagnostics
Diagnostics byte 13 System-specific diagnostics
Diagnostics byte 14 Free
Diagnostics byte 15 System-specific diagnostics
Diagnostics byte 16 Channel type
Diagnostics byte 17 Length of diagnostics per channel
Diagnostics byte 18 Number of channels
Diagnostics byte 19 Channel error vector
Diagnostics bytes 20 to 23 Channel-specific diagnostics
: Device-related diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
In order to request station diagnostics for an ET 200C station, you must call
the FB IM308C function block (FB 192) with the function FCT = SD.
The FB IM308C places the station diagnostics in the S5 data block of the
CPU opened with the FM IM308C call (data block or marker area). It is im-
portant to define two memory areas of equal size, in order to ensure that lim-
it-value alarms and diagnostics alarms do not overwrite each other
(see Figure 8-1).
Maximum Length:
16 Bytes – 4/8AI
12 Bytes – 4AI, 4AO
Length: 4 Bytes
FB IM308C
Maximum Length: 20 Bytes
1 Slave Diagnostics = Station Diagnostics
1
Figure 8-1 Diagram Illustrating How Station Diagnostics is Requested with
FB IM308C
FB IM308C and its use relate to general access to diagnostics data of the
IM 308-C and are described in detail in the manual ET 200 Distributed
I/O System (Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12).
The example below illustrates how to call station diagnostics with the aid of
the FB IM308C and store the information in a data block.
The example is followed by a description of how station diagnostics is
evaluated. This description is based on the assumption that the diagnostics
data is stored in a data block.
Request Station
Diagnostics
Description
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Using STEP 5 to Diagnose Problems (Station Diagnostics), Continued
In this example, the FB IM308C (FB 192) is used to request station diagnos-
tics for a slave having station number 3. The diagnostics data will be written
to data block DB 10, starting at data word DW 0.
Basic structure of the STEP 5 listing (e.g. in OB 1):
STL Explanation
:A DB 10
:
:SPA FB 192
Name:IM308C
DPAD: KH F800
IMST: KY 0,3
FCT : KC SD
GCGR: KM 00000000 00000000
TYP : KY 0,10
STAD: KF +0
LENG: KF -1
ERR : MW 134
:
:L DR 4
:L KB 2
:!=F
:SPB FB 60
Name:LIMITA48
:
:
:
:L DR 4
:L KB 1
:!=F
:SPB FB 61
Name:DIA-AL48
:
:BE
Call the FB IM308C
DP window: F800
Number of IM 308-C: 0, station
number of the slave: 3
SD = read slave diagnostics
irrelevant
Memory area: 0, block: DB 10
No. of first data word: DW0 Bytes to
be transferred: –1 (joker length)
fault word: MW 134
Check: Limit value alarm?
Store limit value alarm
Check: Diagnostics alarm?
Store diagnostics alarm
STL: FB 60 Explanation
Name:LIMITA48
:A DB 10
:
:L DW 6
:T DW 60
:L DW 8
:T DW 61
:
:BE
Move information for limit value
alarm to prevent overwriting by
subsequent limit value alarms
Example: Request
Diagnostics with
FB IM308C
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
STL: FB 61 Explanation
Name:DIA-AL48
:A DB 10
:
:L DW 6
:T DW 62
:L DW 7
:T DW 63
:L DW 8
:T DW 64
:L DW 9
:T DW 65
:L DW 10
:T DW 66
:L DW 11
:T DW 67
:L DW 12
:T DW 68
:L DW 13
:T DW 69
:
:BE
Move information for diagnostics
alarm to prevent overwriting by
subsequent diagnostics alarms
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
8.2.1 Diagnosing the station status
The ”Station Status 1 ... 3” diagnostics bytes provide information on the
station. The ”Master station number” diagnostics byte contains the number of
the station which parameterized the slave station.
Station diagnostics of an ET 200C module has been requested by the CPU
and is stored in a data block (DB), starting at data word DW n.
The table below shows the position of the diagnostics data in a data block:
Table 8-10 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block
Data word DL DR
DW n Station status 1 Station status 2
DW n + 1 Station status 3 Master station number
DW n + 2 Manufacturer identification
... ... ...
n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB
Introduction
Assumption
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
A DB 10
L DW 0
L KH FFC3
UW
L KH 0000
!=F
BEB
SPB FBx
Call data block (here: DB 10)
Load diagnostics word ”station
status 1 and station status 2”
(here: n = 0)
No fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
The structure of the diagnostics word for station status 1 and 2 (in our exam-
ple DW 0) is as follows:
76543210 76543210
”Diagnostics Word ”Station Status 1 and Station Status 2”
DL n
”Station Status 1” DR n
”Station Status 2”
0: Bit is always ”0”.
1: Slave station is deactivated.
1: Slave station cannot be addressed.
1: Slave station is not yet ready for data exchange.
1: Configuration data sent by the master to the slave station do not match the
configuration of the slave.
1: Individual diagnostics selected.
1: Requested function is not supported by the slave station.
1: Slave station is in ”SYNC” mode.
1: Slave station is in ”FREEZE” mode.
1: Response monitoring is activated.
1:Bit is always ”1”.
1: An implausible response has been received from the addressed slave station.
1: Parameterizing error
1: Slave station has been parameterized by another master.
1: Slave station cannot continue to operate as
long as fault has not been eliminated.
1: Slave station must be parameterized again.
Figure 8-2 Structure of the Diagnostics Word (Station Status 1 and Station Status 2)
Read Station
Status 1 and 2
Structure: Station
Status 1 and 2
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Diagnosing the Station Status, Continued
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
A DB 10
L DR 1
L KB 1
!=F
BEB
SPA FBx
Call data block (here: DB 10),
Load diagnostics word ”station
status 3 and master station number
(here = 1)”
No fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
The structure of the diagnostics word for station status 3 and master station
number (in our example: DW 1) is as follows:
Diagnostics Word ”Station Status 3 and Master Station Number”
76543210 76543210
Irrelevant Station number of the master
which parameterized the slave
station
DL n + 1
”Station Status 3” DR n + 1
”Master Station Number”
Figure 8-3 Structure of the Diagnostics Word ”Station Status 3 and Master Station
Number”
Read Station
Status 3 and
Master Station
Number
Structure:
Station Status 3
and Master Station
Number
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
8.2.2 Diagnosing the Manufacturer Identification
The ”manufacturer identification” diagnostics word describes the type of
slave station.
Station diagnostics has been requested by the CPU and is stored in a data
block DB 10, starting at data word DW n (n = 0). See Table 8-10.
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
A DB 10
L DW 2
L KH 800E
!=F
BEB
SPA FBx
Call data block (here: DB 10)
Load diagnostics word ”manufacturer
identification” (e.g. ”800EH” for
ET200C-4AI)
No fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
The structure of the diagnostics word for manufacturer identification (in our
example DW 2) is as follows:
76543210 76543210
xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
DL n + 2 DR n + 2
Diagnostics Word ”Manufacturer Identification”
8010H: ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0)
8011H: ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0,5A (6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0)
8012H: ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0)
8013H: ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
8013H: ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
800FH: ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0)
800EH: ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0)
800DH: ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0)
Figure 8-4 Structure of the ”Manufacturer Identification” Diagnostics Word
Introduction
Assumption
Read Manufacturer
Identification
Structure: Manu-
facturer Identifica-
tion
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
8.2.3 Device-related Diagnostics – Digital ET 200C
Device-related diagnostics indicates which inputs or outputs are defective.
The header provides information on the length of the device-related diagnos-
tics.
Note
Device-related diagnostics is possible only with ET 200C stations which
have diagnostics capability.
ET 200C stations which do not have diagnostics capability have the value
”07H” in the header. The remaining bytes are reserved.
Station diagnostics of a digital ET 200C module has been requested by the
CPU and is stored in a data block DB 10, starting at data word DW 0. The
length of this device-related diagnostics data is 7 bytes.
The table below shows the position of the diagnostics data in the data block:
Table 8-11 Position of Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C
Data word DL DR
DW 0 Station status 1 Station status 2
DW 1 Station status 3 Master station nummer
DW 2 Manufacturer identification
DW 3 Header
(device-related diagnostics) Device-related diagnostics
16DI/16DO:
group diagnostics;
8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A: free
DW 4 Reserved Device-related diagnostics
16DI/16DO: free;
8DI, 8DO, 8DO/2A:
individual diagnostics
DW 5 Free Free
DW 6 Free Free
n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB
Introduction
Assumption
Position of
Diagnostics Data
in Data Block
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-19
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
STL Explanation
A DB 10
L DW 3
L KH 0700
!=F
BEB
SPA FBx
Call data block (here: DB 10)
Load diagnostics word ”header and
device-related diagnostics”
No fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
The structure of the diagnostics word for header and device-related diagnos-
tics (in our example DW 3) for the ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V is as
follows:
Diagnostics Word ”Header and Device-related Diagnostics”
for Digital ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
DL n + 3
”Header” DR n + 3
”Dev.-rel. Diagnostics”
Bits are
always
”0”
Length of device-
related diagnostics
including header
(length = 7 bytes)
00000111 Output ”0...3”
defective
Output ”4...7”
defective
Output ”8...11”
defective
Output ”12...15”
defective
Input ”0...3” de-
fective
Input ”4...7” de-
fective
Input ”8...11”
defective
Input ”12...15”
defective
Figure 8-5 Structure of the Diagnostics Word ”Header and Device-related
Diagnostics” of ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V
Read
Device-related
Diagnostics
Structure: Header
and Device-related
Diagnostics for
16 DI/16DO
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Device-related Diagnostics – Digital ET 200C, Continued
The structure of the diagnostics word for device-related diagnostics (in our
example: DW 4) for ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V; ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A is as follows:
”Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics”
76543210 76543210
DL n + 4 DR n+ 4
”Dev.-rel. Diagnostics”
Reserved
1: Input/output ”7” defective
1: Input/output ”0” defective
Figure 8-6 Structure of the Diagnostics Word for ”Device-related Diagnostics” for
ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V; ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A and
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
8DI, 8DO and
8DO/2A
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-21
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
8.2.4 Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics – Analog ET 200C
The device-related diagnostics for an analog ET 200C module indicate which
faults are reported by the module. The header provides information on the
length of the device-related diagnostics.
Station diagnostics of analog ET 200C modules has been requested by the
CPU and is stored in a data block DB 10, starting at data word DW n.
The table below shows the position of the diagnostics data in the data block:
Table 8-12 Position of Diagnostics Data in Data Block for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
Data word DL DR
DW n Station status 1 Station status 2
DW n + 1 Stationsstatus 3 Master stations number
DW n + 2 Manufacturer identification
DW n + 3 Header – identification-related
diagnostics Module fault vector
DW n + 4 Header – device-related diagnostics S7-Header – Diagnosealarm:
limit value alarm: 02H
diagnostics alarm: 01H
DW n + 5 Slotnummer Reserved
Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm
DW n + 6 System-specific
diagnostics Limit value overs-
hoot System-specific
diagnostics Limit value un-
dershoot
DW n + 7 Free Free System-specific
diagnostics Free
DW n + 8 Channel type –
AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4 Length of diagno-
stics per channel
DW n + 9 Number of chan-
nels Channel fault vec-
tor – one bit per
channel
DW n + 10
to n + 13 Channel-specific
diagnostics Channel-specific
diagnostics
n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB
: Device-specific diagnostics
Introduction
Assumption
Position of
Diagnostics Data
in Data Block
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-22 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics – Analog ET 200C,
Continued
Table 8-13 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
Data word DL DR
DW n Station status 1 Station status 2
DW n + 1 Station status 3 Master station number
DW n + 2 Manufacturer identification
DW n + 3 Header – identification-related diagno-
stics Module fault vector
DW n + 4 Header – device-related diagnostics S7-header – diagnostics alarm:
limit value alarm: 02H
diagnostics alarm: 01H
DW n + 5 Slot number Reserved
Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm Diagnostics alarm Limit value alarm
DW n + 6 System-specific
diagnostics Limit value overs-
hoot System-specific
diagnostics Limit value un-
dershoot
DW n + 7 Free Free System-specific
diagnostics Free
DW n + 8 Channel type –
AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4 Length of diagno-
stics per channel
DW n + 9 Number of chan-
nels Channel fault vec-
tor – one bit per
channel
DW n + 10
to n + 11 Channel-specific
diagnostics Channel-specific
diagnostics
n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB
: Device-specific diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-23
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 8-14 Position of the Diagnostics Data in the Data Block for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
Data word DL DR
DW n Station status 1 Station status 2
DW n + 1 Station status 3 Master station number
DW n + 2 Manufacturer identification
DW n + 3 Header – identification-related diagno-
stics Module fault vector
DW n + 4 Header – device-related diagnostics S7-Header – diagnostics alarm:
diagnostics alarm: 01H
DW n + 5 Slot number Reserved
Diagnostics alarm Diagnostics alarm
DW n + 6 System-specific diagnostics System-specific diagnostics
DW n + 7 Free System-specific diagnostics
DW n + 8 Channel type – AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4 Length of diagnostics per channel
DW n + 9 Number of channels Channel fault vector – one bit per
channel
DW n + 10
to n + 11 Channel-specific diagnostics Channel-specific diagnostics
n = starting word address of the diagnostics data in the DB
: Device-specific diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics – Analog ET 200C,
Continued
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 3 for identification-related diag-
nostics of analog ET 200C modules is as follows:
Diagnostics Word ”Header” for Analog ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
01000010
”Bits are
always ”01” Length of
identification-related
diagnostics including
header: 02H
DL n + 3
”Header ID Diag.” DR n + 3
”ID. Diagnostics”
04H for AI 4/8, AI 4, AO 4
00000100
Figure 8-7 Structure of Diagnostics Word for Identification-related Diagnostics
(DW n + 3) for Analog ET 200C Modules
The STEP 5 program is programmed as follows:
AWL Explanation
A DB 10
L DL 4
L KH 0008
!=F
BEB
SPA FBx
Call data block (here: DB 10)
Load diagnostics word ”device-re-
lated diagnostics (DW n +4)”
No fault?
Evaluate fault in FBx.
Call other device-related diagnostics by entering the appropriate data words
of the DB instead of DWn + 4 (see Tables 8-12, 8-13 and 8-14).
Structure: Header
– Identification-
related Diagnos-
tics (DW n + 3)
Read Device-rela-
ted Diagnostics
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-25
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 4 for header – device-related diag-
nostics of analog ET 200C modules is as follows:
Diagnostics Word ”Header– Device-related Diagnostics”
for Analog ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
00001000
Bits are
always ”0” Length of device-related
diagnostics including
header: limit value alarm
08H (= 8 Byte): 4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO
diagnostics alarm:
10H (= 16 Byte): 4AI, 4AO
14H (= 20 Byte): 4/8AI
DL n + 4
”Header” DR n + 4
”Dev.-rel. Diagnostics”
S7 header diagnostics
alarm:
02H (limit value alarm)
01H (diagnostics alarm)
00000010
Figure 8-8 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Header – Device-related Diagnostics”
(DW n + 4) for Analog ET 200C Modules
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 5 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
DL n + 5
”Dev.-rel. Diag.
(Byte 1)”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
00000100
DR n + 5
”Dev.-rel. Diag.
(Byte 2)”
Slot number:
04H: 4/8AI, 4AI, AO Reserved
Figure 8-9 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 5) for
Analog ET 200C Modules
Structure: Header
– Device-related
Diagnostics
(DW n + 4)
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics
(DW n + 5)
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-26 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics – Analog ET 200C,
Continued
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 6 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
1: Module defective
DL n + 6
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
0
DR n + 6
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
always 15H
1: Internal fault
1: External fault (e.g. wire break)
1: Channel fault
1: No external auxiliary voltage
1: Module not parameterized
1: Parameterization error
Figure 8-10 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 6) for
Analog ET 200C Modules
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 7 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
1: Internal fault (EEPROM fault, 4AI only)
DL n + 7
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
DR n + 7
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
0000000 000 0 00
1: Internal fault (analog/digital or digital/analog
converter)
0
Figure 8-11 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 7) for
Analog ET 200C Modules
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Diagnostics Alarm
(DW n + 6)
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Diagnostics Alarm
(DW n + 7)
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-27
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 8 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
DL n + 8
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
DR n + 8
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Type of analog ET 200C:
71H: 4AI, 4/8AI
73H: 4AO
Length of diagnostics
per channel
Figure 8-12 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 8) for
Analog ET 200C Modules
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 9 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
DL n +9
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
76543210 76543210
00001000
DR n + 9
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Number of channels:
04H: 4AI, 4AO
08H: 4/8AI
1: Channel 0 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO)
1: Channel 1 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO)
1: Channel 2 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO)
1: Channel 3 defective (4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO)
1: Channel 4 defective (4/8AI)
1: Channel 5 defective (4/8AI)
1: Channel 6 defective (4/8AI)
1: Channel 7 defective (4/8AI)
Indicates defective channel
Figure 8-13 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm” (DW n + 9) for
Analog ET 200C Modules
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Diagnostics Alarm
(DW n + 8)
Structure:
Device-related Dia-
gnostics for Dia-
gnostics Alarm
(DW n + 9)
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-28 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics – Analog ET 200C,
Continued
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 10 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
DR n + 10
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
76543210 76543210
DL n + 10
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Bits
immer
auf ”0”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
1: Bit ist immer auf ”0”. (4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Measuring range overshoot (4/8AI, 4AI)
0: Bit is always ”0”
1: Wire break, feed current monitoring
measuring transducer, Pt 100
(4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO)
1: Short-circuit to ground (4AO)
0: Bit is always ”0”
1: Common-mode error (4/8AI)
1: Configuration/
parameterization error
(4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO)
1: Measuring range undershoot (4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Measuring range overshoot (4/8AI, 4AI)
0: Bit is always ”0”.
1: Wire break, feed current monitoring
measuring transducer, Pt 100
(4/8AI, 4AO)
1: Short-circuit to ground (4AO)
0: Bit is always ”0”
1: Common-mode error
(4/8AI)
1: Configuration/
parameterization error
(4/8AI, 4AI, 4AO)
Channel-
specific
diagnostics
for channel 1
Channel-
specific
diagnostics for
channel 0
Figure 8-14 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Header and Device-related Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm”
(DW n + 10) for Analog ET 200C Modules
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 11 for analog ET 200C modules is
the same as that of DW n + 10. This diagnostics word describes the channel-
specific diagnostics for channels 2 and 3.
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Diagnostics Alarm
(DW n + 10)
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Diagnostics Alarm
(DW n + 11)
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-29
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 12 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
DR n + 12
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
76543210 76543210
DL n + 12
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
1: ”Bit is always ”0”
1: ”Bit is always ”0”
0: ”Bit is always ”0”
1: Short-circuit to ground (4/8AI)
0: Bit is always ”0”
0: Bit is always ”0”
Channel-specific
diagnostics for
channel 5
1: Configuration/
parameterization
error (4/8AI)
1: Wire break, feed current
monitoring measuring transducer,
Pt 100 (4/8AI)
Channel-specific
diagnostics for
channel 4
1: Wire break, feed current
monitoring measuring transducer,
Pt 100 (4/8AI)
1: ”Bit is always ”0”
1: ”Bit is always ”0”
0: ”Bit is always ”0”
1: Short-circuit to ground (4/8AI)
0: Bit is always ”0”
0: Bit is always ”0”
1: Configuration/
parameterization
error (4/8AI)
Figure 8-15 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Header and Device-related Diagnostics – Diagnostics Alarm”
(DW n + 12) for Analog ET 200C Modules
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 13 for analog ET 200C modules is
the same as that of DW n + 12. This diagnostics word describes the channel-
specific diagnostics for channels 6 and 7 of ET 200C 4/8 AI.
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Diagnostics Alarm
(DW n + 12)
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Diagnostics Alarm
(DW n + 13)
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
8-30 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Identification- and Device-related Diagnostics – Analog ET 200C,
Continued
The structure of diagnostics word DW n + 6 for analog ET 200C modules is
as follows:
DR n + 6
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
76543210 76543210
DL n + 6
”Dev.-rel. Diag.”
Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics” for Analog ET 200C Modules
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 6, (4/8AI)
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 7, (4/8AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 0, (4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 1, (4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 2, (4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 3, (4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 4, (4/8AI)
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 5, (4/8AI)
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 4, (4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 3,
(4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 2,
(4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 5, (4/8AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 6, (4/8AI)
1: Limit value overshoot, channel 7, (4/8AI)
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 1,
(4/8AI, 4AI)
1: Limit value undershoot, channel 0,
(4/8AI, 4AI)
Figure 8-16 Structure of Diagnostics Word ”Device-related Diagnostics – Limit Value Alarm” (DW n + 6) for
Analog ET 200C Modules
Structure:
Device-related
Diagnostics for
Limit Value Alarm
(DW n + 6)
Fault Diagnostics with the IM 308-C
9-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Connection of the ET 200 Handheld
This chapter describes the connection of the ET 200 handheld for startup and
testing of the ET 200C distributed I/O station.
In this chapter you will learn
which connections are possible for the ET 200 handheld and which rules
must be observed.
Startup and testing of the ET 200C with the ET 200 handheld are described
in the ET 200 Handheld manual.
In this Chapter
9
9-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
9.1 Connection of the ET 200 Handheld
When connecting the ET 200 handheld to the ET 200C distributed I/O sta-
tion, the following rules must be observed.
In order to connect the ET 200 handheld to the ET 200C station, you require
the
adapter cable (see Section 3.13)
an ET 200 handheld (from version 4.0)
The following rules must be observed when connecting the ET 200 handheld:
The ET 200 handheld is plugged – via the adapter cable – onto the bus
connector of the digital modules.
The ET 200 handheld is either
– connected to an unassigned bus connector of the digital module
or
– the SINEC L2 bus connector must be removed from the ET 200C
station and the ET 200 handheld is then plugged onto this bus
connector.
Note
The ET 200 handheld must always be connected in such a way that the
power supply for the digital module is not interrupted.
The ET 200 handheld must not be plugged onto the programmer
connector.
Connection of the ET 200 handheld automatically disconnects the ET 200C
distributed I/O station from the SINEC L2-DP field bus.
A general reset is performed on an ET 200C station if an ET 200 handheld is
connected. The ”general reset” function enables the station number to be
changed.
After disconnection of the ET 200 handheld from the station and restoration
of the SINEC L2 bus connection (if interrupted) the master takes the
ET 200C station back into the bus cycle.
Introduction
Requirement
Rules
Behaviour of the
Station
Connection of the ET 200 Handheld
9-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Depending on the configuration of the ET 200C (see Chapter 2 “ET 200C
Configuration Options”), the following connections are possible for the
ET 200 handheld:
Configuration with power supply connector and without T connector:
8DI
8DI
SV
PS
Adapter
Cable
External Power
Supply
SINEC L2-DP
conn.
Figure 9-1 Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with Power Supply
Connector and without T Connector
Configuration with external power supply:
8DI
8DI
External Power
Supply
SINEC L2-DP External Power
Supply
Adapter
Cable
Figure 9-2 Connection of ET 200 Handheld for Configuration with External Power
Supply
Connection
Options
Connection of the ET 200 Handheld
9-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Connection of the ET 200 Handheld, Continued
The handheld can be connected in two different ways for the
configuration with power supply connector and T connector:
– Plug the ET 200 handheld into the unassigned bus connector of the
ET 200C station:
8DI
8DI
SV
PS
External
power supply
SINEC L2-DP
conn.
Adapter
Cable
Figure 9-3 Connection of the Handheld to the Unassigned Bus Connection of the
ET 200C Station for Configuration with Power Supply Connector and
T Connector
or
– Connect the ET 200 handheld to the T connector:
8DI
8DI
SV
PS
External
power supply
SINEC L2-DP
conn.
Adapter
Cable
Figure 9-4 Connection of the Handheld to the T Connector for Configuration with
Power Supply Connector and T Connector
Connection
Options
(Continued)
Connection of the ET 200 Handheld
10-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
General Technical Specifications
This chapter contains the general technical data.
The general technical data comprises
a list of all ET 200C modules
the standards and specified values which are satisfied by all modules of
ET 200C and the criteria applied in testing the modules.
In this Chapter
10
10-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
10.1 Overview of Digital and Analog Modules for the ET 200C
ET 200C Module Order number Description
Digital modules:
ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 8 inputs with circular socket connectors
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 8 outputs with circular socket connectors
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 8 outputs with circular socket connectors
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 16 inputs with circular socket connectors
16 outputs with circular socket connectors
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 16 inputs with cable glands and conduit
threads
16 outputs with cable glands and conduit
threads
Analog modules:
ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit 6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0 8 inputs with cable glands and conduit
threads
measuring principle: integrating
ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit 6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0 4 inputs with cable glands and conduit
threads
measuring principle: successive
approximation
ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit 6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0 4 outputs with cable glands and
conduit threads
General Technical Specifications
10-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
10.2 General Technical Specifications
Climatic Environmental Conditions
to IEC 1131-2
Temperature, operation – 25 ... + 60 °C
Temperature,
storage/transport – 40 ... + 70 °C
Temperature change
Operation
Storage/transport
max. 10 °C/h
max. 20 °C/h
Relative humidity 10 ... 100 %
Atmospheric pressure
Operation
Storage/transport
860 ... 1060 hPa
660 ... 1060 hPa
Degree of protection IP to
IEC 529 IP 66 / IP 67
(DI16/DO16 not tested)
Operating conditions with
chemically active
pollutants to IEC 654-4
Class 2
Mechanically Conditions
Operating conditions to
IEC 654-3
10 Hzv f < 57 Hz
57 Hzv f < 150 Hz
Mode of vibration
Vibration period
Operating conditions
to IEC 654-3
Constant amplitude
0,35 mm
Constant acceleration 5 g
Frequency sweeps with
sweep rate of 1
octave/min.
10 frequency sweeps per
axis in each of the 3 axes
vertical to each other
U.T.1 (corresponds to
100 % frequency)
Shock-tested to
IEC 68-2-27
Type of shock
Shock intensity
Direction of shock
Half sine
30 g peak value,
18 ms duration
6 shocks in each of the 3
axes vertical to each other
Bump test to IEC 68-2-29
Type of shock
Shock intensity
Direction of shock
Half sine
25 g peak value,
6 ms duration
1000 shocks in each of the
3 axes vertical to each
other
Drop and topple to
IEC 68-2-31
Tested with Height of fall 100 mm
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)/
Noise Immunity
Electrostatic discharge test
to IEC 801-2
Test voltage
Discharge on all parts that
are accessible to the
operator in normal
operation
8 kV air discharge
4 kV relay discharge
(relative humidity 30 to
95 %)
Electromagnetic field test
to IEC 801-3 Field strength 10V/m
Fast transient burst to IEC
801-4
Digital input/output
module
Analog input/output
DC voltage supply
Communications
interface
2 kV
2 kV
2 kV
2 kV
Safety Information
Insulation rating
Between electrically
independent circuits
and circuits connected
to central earthing
point
Between all circuits
and central earthing
point
to DIN VDE 0160
(05.1988)
to DIN VDE 0160
(05.1988)
Radio interference
suppression to EN 50081-2 for
industrial applications
General Technical Specifications
10-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
General Technical Specifications
11-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Modules
This chapter contains technical details of the digital ET 200C modules.In this Chapter
11
11-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
11.1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
(6ES7 141-0BF00-0BX0)
Technical Specifications
Baud rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/
1500/30001/60001/
120001 kbaud
Mains buffering (without
sensor supply) typ. 20 ms
Insulation rating to VDE 0160
Nominal insulation voltage
(L+ against PE) 60 V AC
Test voltage 500 V AC
Electrical isolation to
SINEC L2-DP 500 V
Power loss typ. 3.6 W
Weight approx. 900 g
Dimensions (W H D) 200 100 57
Diagnostic Functions
Voltage monitoring green LED “RUN”
SINEC L2-DP bus
monitoring red LED “BF”
Group diagnostics for
short-circuit, overload or
wire break of sensor
supply
red LED “DIA”
Status of inputs red LED for individual
diagnostics
8 red LEDs for supply
undervoltage or internal
fuse
4 red LEDs for internal
fuse
green LED for status of
inputs
1This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the
IM 308-C.
Supply Voltage for Inputs, Sensor Supply and
Internal Logic
Nominal value (L+) 24 V DC
Permissible range
(incl. ripple = max. 3.6V)
20 to 30 V
Value at t < 0.5 s 35 V
Short-circuit capability Yes
Current consumption
Logic
Sensor
typ. 35 mA
application-specific
Short-circuit current max. 4 A
Inputs
Number of inputs 8
Connection via 5-pin circular
connectors
5-wire connection per
channel
Electrical isolation No
Supply voltage for sensors
Permissible total current
per channel
(L+) – 0.8 V
max. 4 A
max. 450 mA
Input voltage
Nominal value
for “0” signal
for “1” signal
24 V DC
– 30 ... 5 V
13 to 30 V
Input current for “1” signal typ. 4.5 mA at 24 V
Wire-break recognition typ. Iv1 mA
No wire-break recognition typ. Iw10 mA
Short-circuit current
limitation typ. 1 A per channel
Delay of inputs typ. 1.8 ms (0 ³ 1)
typ. 1 ms (1 ³ 0)
Connection of 2-wire
BERO
Quiescent input
current
Possible
v 1.5 mA
Cable length of the inputs max. 50 m
Digital Modules
11-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital input module
ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V:
L+
M
PE
A
B
SINEC
Logic
24 V
5 V
L+
M
PE
A
B
L+
M
PE
Input
L2-DP
12-pin
bus connection
SINEC
L2-DP
PE
Figure 11-1 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V: Block Diagram
You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V with
the COM ET 200 parameterization software.
The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C;
DI 8 DC 24 V:
Table 11-1 Parameters for Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V
Byte1Bit Parameter Explanation Value range
10Enable diagnostics for channel 0 Enable diagnostics messages
channel by channel
bl
disable
1Enable diagnostics for channel 1 channel by channel enable
2Enable diagnostics for channel 2
3 Enable diagnostics for channel 3
4 Enable diagnostics for channel 4
5 Enable diagnostics for channel 5
6 Enable diagnostics for channel 6
7 Enable diagnostics for channel 7
: Default setting in parameterization telegram
1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave
Block Diagram
Parameterization
Digital Modules
11-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V (6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0),
Continued
Dimension drawing for digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V:
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
5-pin circular
connector
Figure 11-2 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V; Dimension Drawing
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimension drawing for the digital input module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V
with T connector and plug connectors (with pin/socket inserts):
1: Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module.
Figure 11-3 Digital Input Module ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24 V; Dimension Drawing
with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts)
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
11.2 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0)
Technical Specifications
Baud rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/
1500/30001/60001/
120001 kbaud
Mains buffering (without
sensor and load voltage
supply)
typ. 20 ms
Insulation rating to VDE 0160
Nominal insulation voltage
(L+ against PE) 60 V AC (75 V DC)
Test voltage 500 V DC
Electrical isolation to
SINEC L2-DP bus 500 V
Power loss typ. 4.1 W
Weight approx. 1000 g
Dimensions (W H D) 223 100 57
Diagnostic Functions
Voltage monitoring green LED “RUN”
SINEC L2-DP bus
monitoring red LED “BF”
Group diagnostics for
shortcircuit, overload or
wire break
red LED “DIA”
Status of outputs red LED for individual
diagnostics (short-circuit
or wire break of outputs)
8 red LEDs for supply
undervoltage or internal fuse
4 red LEDs for internal fuse
green LED for status of
outputs
Voltage supply of outputs green LED “UL” supply of
outputs
1This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the
IM 308-C.
Supply Voltage for Outputs, Load Voltage Supply
and Internal Logic
Nominal value (L+) 24 V DC
Permissible range
(incl. ripple = max. 3.6 V)
20 to 30 V
Value at t < 0.5 s 35 V
Short-circuit capability Yes
Current consumption
Logic
Load
typ. 90 mA
typ. 80 mA
Short-circuit current max. 4 A
Outputs
Number of outputs 8
Connection via 5-pin circular connectors
3-wire connection per
channel
Electrical isolation between
internal logic and outputs Yes, 500 V
Load voltage supply
Nominal value (L1)
Permissible range (incl.
ripple = max. 3.6 V)
24 V DC
20 to 30 V
Output current for “1”
signal
Nominal value
Permissible range
Lamp load
500 mA per channel
0 to 500 mA per channel
max. 5 W
Permissible total current 4 A
Residual current for “0”
signal max. 0.3 mA
Wire break recognition
No wire break recognition
typ. I v 1 mA
typ. I w 10 mA
Short-circuit diagnostics
signal typ. 1 A
Switching frequency
at resistive load
at inductive load
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
Limitation of voltage in-
duced on circuit interruption typ. (L+) – 50 V
Cable length of outputs max. 50 m
Digital Modules
11-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital output module
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A:
L+
M
PE
A
B
SINEC Logic
24 V
5 V
L+
M
PE
A
B
L1
M
PE
L2-DP
SINEC
L2-DP
PE
L1
M
PE
L1
M
PE
6-pin
connection
load voltage
12-pin bus
connection
Output
Figure 11-4 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A: Block Diagram
Block Diagram
Digital Modules
11-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0), Continued
You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A
with the COM ET 200 parameterization software.
The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A:
Table 11-2 Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A
Byte1Bit Parameter Explanation Value range
10 Enable diagnostics for channel 0 Enable diagnostics messages
channel by channel
bl
disable
1Enable diagnostics for channel 1 channel by channel enable
2Enable diagnostics for channel 2
3 Enable diagnostics for channel 3
4 Enable diagnostics for channel 4
5 Enable diagnostics for channel 5
6 Enable diagnostics for channel 6
7 Enable diagnostics for channel 7
: Default setting in parameterization telegram
1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave
Parameterization
Digital Modules
11-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimension drawing for digital output module ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
5-pin circular
connector
6-pin plug
connector
6-pin plug
connector
Figure 11-5 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A; Dimension
Drawing
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A
(6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0), Continued
Dimension drawing for the digital output module ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A with T connectors and plug connectors (with pin/
socket inserts):
1: Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module.
Figure 11-6 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/0.5A; Dimension
Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket
Inserts)
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
11.3 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0)
Technical Specifications
Baud rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/
1500/30001/60001/
120001 kBaud
Mains buffering
(without sensor and load
voltage supply)
typ. 20 ms
Insulation rating to VDE 0160
Nominal insulation voltage
(L+ against PE)
Test voltage
60 V AC (75 V DC)
500 V DC
Electrical isolation to
SINEC L2-DP bus 500 V
Power loss typ. 4.1 W
Weight
Dimensions (W H D)
approx. 1000 g
223 100 57
Diagnostic Functions
Voltage monitoring green LED ”RUN”
SINEC L2-DP bus
monitoring red LED ”BF”
Group diagnostics for
short-circuit/overload or
wire break
red LED ”DIA”
Status of outputs red LED for individual
diagnostics (short-circuit
or wire break of outputs)2
green LED for status of
outputs
Supply voltage for outputs green LED ”UL” for load
voltage supply of the
outputs
Supply Voltage for Outputs, Load Voltage Supply
and Internal Logic
Nominal value (L+)
Permissible range
(incl. ripple = max. 3.6V)
Value at t < 0.5 s
24 V DC
20 ... 30 V
35 V
Short-circuit capability Yes
Current consumption
SLogic
SLoad
Short-circuit current
typ. 90 mA
typ. 80 mA
max. 4 A
Outputs
Number of outputs 8
Connection via 5-pin circular
connector
3-wire connection per
channel
Electrical isolation
between internal logic and
outputs
Yes, 500 V
Load voltage supply
SNominal value (L1)
SPermissible range
(incl. ripple =
max. 3.6 V)
24 V DC
20 ... 30 V
Output current for ”1”
signal
SNominal value
SPermissible range
SLamp load
2 A per channel
10 mA ... 2 A per channel
max. 5 W
Permissible total current
Ambient temperature:
– 25 ... +25 _C
+26 ... +40 _C
+41 ... +60 _C
max. 10 A
max. 8 A
max. 4 A
Residual current for ”0”
signal max. 0.5 mA
Wire-break recognition
No wire-break recognition
typ. I v 1 mA
typ. I w 20 mA
Short-circuit diagnostics
signal typ. 3.5 A
Switching frequency
Sat resistive load
Sat inductive load
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
Limitation of voltage
induced on circuit
interruption
typ. (L+) – 50 V
Cable length of outputs max. 30 m
1This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the
IM 308-C.
2The diagnostics signal remains for a further 20 s
(approx.) after a short-circuit has been eliminated (e.g.
when an output is reset).
Digital Modules
11-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0), Continued
Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital output module
ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A:
L+
M
PE
A
B
SINEC Logic
24 V
5 V
L+
M
PE
A
B
L1
M
PE
L2–DP
SINEC
L2–DP
PE
L1
M
PE
L1
M
PE
6-pin load
connection
load voltage
12-pin bus
connection
Output
Figure 11-7 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A: Block Diagram
Block Diagram
Digital Modules
11-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A
with the COM ET 200 parameterization software.
The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24 V/2A:
Table 11-3 Parameters for Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A
Byte1Bit Parameter Explanation Value range
10Enable diagnostics for channel 0 Enable diagnostics messages
channel by channel
bl
disable
1Enable diagnostics for channel 1 channel by channel enable
2Enable diagnostics for channel 2
3 Enable diagnostics for channel 3
4 Enable diagnostics for channel 4
5 Enable diagnostics for channel 5
6 Enable diagnostics for channel 6
7 Enable diagnostics for channel 7
: Default setting in parameterization telegram
1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave
Parameterization
Digital Modules
11-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0), Continued
Dimension drawing for digital output module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
5-pin circular
connector
6-pin plug
connector
Figure 11-8 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A; Dimension
Drawing
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimension drawing for the digital output module ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A with T connectors and plug connectors (with pin/socket
inserts):
1: Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module.
Figure 11-9 Digital Output Module ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24 V/2A; Dimension
Drawing with T Connector and Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket
Inserts)
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
11.4 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
Technical Specifications
Baud rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/500/
1500/30001/60001/
120001 kbaud
Mains buffering
(without sensor and load
voltage supply)
typ. 20 ms
Insulation rating to VDE 0160
Nominal insulation voltage
(L+ against PE)
Test voltage
60 V AC (75 V DC)
500 V DC
Electrical isolation to
SINEC L2-DP bus 500 V
Power loss typ. 4.1 W
Weight
Dimensions (W H D)
approx. 3700 g
260 167 83
Diagnostic Functions
Voltage monitoring green LED ”RUN”
SINEC L2-DP bus
monitoring red LED ”BF”
Status of inputs or outputs red LED ”DIA” for
diagnosing groups of 4
inputs/outputs2
green LED for status of
inputs
Supply Voltage for Outputs, Load Voltage Supply
and Internal Logic
Nominal value (L+)
Permissible range
(incl. ripple = max. 3.6V)
Value at t < 0,5 s
24 V DC
20.4 ... 30.2 V
35 V
Short-circuit capability Yes
Current consumption
Logic
Load
Short-circuit current
typ. 90 mA
typ. 40 mA
max. 6.3 A
1This baud rate is only relevant in conjunction with the
IM 308-C.
2If a short-circuit occurs in the sensor supply of an input,
the sensor supply for all of the inputs in the group of 4
will be interrupted.
Inputs
Number of inputs 16
Connection
6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 via 5-pin circular connec-
tor (4-wire connection)
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 via cable gland and con-
duit thread
(4-wire connection)
Electrical isolation No
Supply voltage for sensors
Permissible total current
per channel
(L+) – 0.8 V
max. 4 A
max. 250 mA
Input voltage
Nominal value
for “0” signal
for “1” signal
24 V DC
–30 ... 5 V
13 ... 30 V
Input current for “1” signal typ. 4.5 mA at 24 V
Short-circuit current
limitation 2.3 A for each group of 4
Delay of inputs typ. 1.8 ms (0 ³ 1)
typ. 1 ms (1 ³ 0)
Connection of 2-wire
BERO
Quiescent input
current
Possible
v 1.5 mA
Cable length of the inputs max. 50 m
Outputs
Number of outputs
in groups of
16
8
Connection with
6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0
via 5-pin circular
connector
(3-wire connection)
via cable gland and
conduit thread
(3-wire connection)
Digital Modules
11-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Outputs (continued)
Electrical isolation
between internal logic and
outputs
Yes, 500 V
Load voltage supply
SNominal value (L1)
SPermissible range
(incl. ripple =
max. 3.6 V)
24 V DC
20 ... 30 V
Output current for ”1”
signal
SNominal value
SPermissible range
SLamp load
2 A per channel
20 mA ... 2 A per channel
max. 5 W
Permissible total current
Ambient temperature:
– 25 ... +25 _C
+26 ... +40 _C
+41 ... +60 _C
max. 3.5 A per group of 4
max. 2.5 A per group of 4
max. 1.5 A per group of 4
Residual current for ”0”
signal max. 0.5 mA
Wire-break recognition
No wire-break recognition
typ. I v 1 mA
typ. I w 20 mA
Short-circuit diagnostics
signal typ. 3.5 A per channel
Switching frequency
Sat resistive load
Sat inductive load
100 Hz
0.5 Hz
Limitation of voltage
induced on circuit
interruption
typ. (L+) – 50 V
Cable length of outputs max. 30 m
Digital Modules
11-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued
Simplified representation of the potentials of the digital input/output module
ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A:
L+
M
PE
A
B
SINEC Logic
24 V
5 V
L+
M
PE
A
B
M
PE
L2–DP
SINEC
L2–DP
PE
L1
M
PE
L1
M
PE
Logic
L1
M
PE
M
PE
12-pin bus
connection
6-pin load
connection
voltage Output Q0
Output Q1
Input
Figure 11-10 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A: Block Diagram
Block Diagram
Digital Modules
11-19
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
You define the diagnostics behavior of the ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A with the COM ET 200 parameterization
software.
The table below lists the diagnostics parameters for the ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A:
Table 11-4 Parameters for Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
Byte1Parameter Explanation Value range
0Enable group diagnostics for
DI 16/DO 16 Enable diagnostics messages for
entire module enable
disable
: Default setting in parameterization telegram
1 Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave
Parameterization
Digital Modules
11-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued
Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0):
UL2
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
ET 200C
DI 16/DO 16
RUN BF UL1 UL2
DIA DIA
SINEC L2–DP
+SV UL1
Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
ET 200C
DC 24 V
12-pin socket
connector
6-pin plug
connector
5-pin circular
connector
Figure 11-11 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-21
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0):
UL2
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
ET 200C
DI 16/DO 16
RUN BF UL1 UL2
DIA DIA
SINEC L2–DP
+SV UL1
Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
ET 200C
DC 24 V
12-pin socket
connector
6-pin plug
connector
Conduit thread
Figure 11-12 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-22 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0 and 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0), Continued
Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0):
UL2
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
ET 200C
DI 16/DO 16
RUN BF UL1 UL2
DIA DIA
SINEC L2–DP
+SV UL1
ET 200C
DC 24 V Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
1) Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module.
Figure 11-13 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI 16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector and
Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts)
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-23
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimension drawing for the digital input/output module ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0):
UL2
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
I .0
I .1
I .2
I .3
I .4
I .5
I .6
I .7
ET 200C
DI 16/DO 16
RUN BF UL1 UL2
DIA DIA
SINEC L2–DP
+SV UL1
ET 200C
DC 24 V Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
Q .0
Q .1
Q .2
Q .3
Q .4
Q .5
Q .6
Q .7
1Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module.
Figure 11-14 Digital Input/Output Module ET 200C; DI16/DO 16 DC 24 V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0); Dimension Drawing with T Connector and
Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Inserts)
Dimension
Drawing
Digital Modules
11-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Digital Modules
12-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Analog Modules
This chapter contains technical data for the analog modules of ET 200C.
In addition to the technical data, this chapter also describes the measurement
types and the measured-value presentation of the analog modules.
In this Chapter
12
12-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
12.1 Analog Input Module ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0)
Technical Data
Transfer rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/
500/1500 kbaud
Bus protocol DP standard
FREEZEable yes
Galvanically isolated from
SINEC L2-DP bus yes
Power loss typ. 2 W
Weight approx. 1050 g
Dimensions (W H D) 200 100 57
Diagnostics Functions
Voltage monitoring green LED “RUN”
SINEC L2-DP bus
monitoring red LED “BF”
Group diagnostics red LED “DIA,
parameterizable
Supply Voltage Inputs and Internal Logic
Supply voltage (L+)
Nominal 24 V DC
Permissible range 20.4 ... 30.2 V
Value for t < 0.5 s 35 V
Current consumption from L+
Logic 80 mA
Inputs
Number of inputs 8 voltage inputs or
4 inputs forPT100 or
8 inputs for
thermocouples
Galvanic isolation between
voltage supply and internal
logic
yes
Test voltage 500 V DC
Measured value ranges
Voltage sensor " 80 mV, " 250 mV,
" 500mV, "1000mV
Resistance sensor 0 ... 400 W
Permissible input voltage for
voltage input max. 32 V
Inputs (Continued)
Characteristic linearization for the following
thermocouples
Types N, K, T, U, J, E to IEC 584
Type L to DIN 43710
Linearization accuracy in
nominal range "1°C
Signal generator connection two-wire; four-wire for
Pt 100
Input resistance >1 MW
Measured value presentation S5: 12 bit + sign
S7: 15 bit + sign
Overload range approx. 17.5 %
Limit value alarm yes, parameterizable for
channels 0 and 2
Diagnostics alarm yes, parameterizable
Diagnostics information
accessible yes
Temperature compensation yes, parameterizable
Characteristic linearization yes, parameterizable
Analog Modules
12-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Inputs (Continued)
Measuring principle integrating
voltage-frequency
conversion
Integration/conversion
time/resolution (per channel)
Sparameterizable
SIntegration time in ms
SBasic conversion time incl.
integration time in ms
Additional conversion
time for resistance-
measurement in ms
or
Additional conversion
time for wire-breakage
monitoring in ms
or
Additional conversion time
for resistance
measurement and wire-
breakage monitoring in ms
yes
2.5
5
1
10
16
162/3
19
1
10
16
20
22
1
10
16
100
102
1
10
16
SResolution in bits + DT
(incl. overload range) 9121214
SInterference voltage
suppression for interference
frequency f1 in Hz
400 60 50 10
Permissible potential
differential
SInput to input max. "1 V
SInputs to MA (UCM)max. "1 V
SMA to PE or M max. 75V DC/60V AC
Error message for
SRange overshoot yes
SWire break on sensor line yes, for Pt 100, "
80 mV, thermocouples
types N, K, T, U, J, L, E
(parameterizable with
COM ET 200)
Interference voltage suppression
for f = n (f1"1 %), (f1 = interference frequency)
SCommon-mode
interference (Upp t2.5 V) > 70 dB
SSeries-mode interference
(peak interference
< nominal value of input
range)
> 40 dB
Crosstalk between inputs
Sat 50 Hz 50 dB
Sat 60 Hz 50 dB
Inputs (Continued)
Operational limit (for entire
temperature range, referenced
to input range)
S80 mV " 1 %
Sfrom 250 to 1000 mV " 0.6 %
SThermocouples " 10 K
SResistance " 5 K
Basic error (operational limit
at 25 _C, referenced to input
range)
S80 mV " 0.6 %
Sfrom 250 to 1000 mV " 0.4 %
SThermocouples " 7 K
SResistance " 3 K
Temperature error (referenced
to input range) " 0.005 %/K
Linearity error (referenced to
input range) " 0.05 %
Repeat accuracy (in steady
state at 25 _C, referenced to
input range)
" 0.05 %
Cable length
Sshielded max. 30 m
Analog Modules
12-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
Simplified representation of the potentials of the ET 200C analog input mod-
ule; AI 4/8 12 bit:
Internal
supply
A
D+
SINEC
L2-DP
Internal
compensation
CH 0
CH 1
External
compensation
CH 7
CH 6
24 V
•
•
•
•
•
•
Galvanic
isolation
Channel activation
L+
M
Control
logic
Figure 12-1 ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Block Diagram
Fig. 12-2 shows the screw terminals and their assignments in the ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit:
+
-
COMP
V
+
-
+
-
V
+
-
V
+
-
V
+
-
V
+
-
V
+
-
V
+
-
V
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH0 CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH4
CH5
CH6
CH7
Screw terminals,
labels for resistance
thermometer
Screw terminals,
labels for
thermocouples and
voltage sensors
MANA MANA
Figure 12-2 Screw Terminals and Their Assignments in the ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit
Block Diagram
Screw Terminals
Analog Modules
12-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
You parameterize the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit with the aid of the
COM ET 200 Windows parameterization software.
Parameterization of the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit with COM ET 200
Windows is described in detail in the Help system integrated in the
COM ET 200 Windows program.
The manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System
(Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) contains detailed descriptions of how to use
COM ET 200 Windows.
All the parameters for the ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 bit are described in the
table below:
Table 12-1 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit
Byte1Bit Parameter Explanation Range of values
08 0Enable diagnostics CH 0/1 Enable diagnostics messages by
channel groups
bl
disable
1Enable diagnostics CH 2/3 channel groups enable
2Enable diagnostics CH 4/5
3 Enable diagnostics CH 6/7
09 0Enable wire-breakage message
CH 0/1 Enable wire-breakage detect. by
channel groups enable
disable
1Enable wire-breakage message
CH 2/3
2Enable wire-breakage message
CH 4/5
3Enable wire-breakage message
CH 6/7
15 6Enable diagnostics alarm Enable diagnostics alarm of
module enable
disable
7Enable limit value alarm Enable limit value alarm of
module
16 0 ... 1 Integration time CH 0/1 Set integration time by channel
groups
2.5 ms
16 7 ms
2 ... 3 Integration time CH 2/3 groups 16.7 ms
20 ms
4 ... 5 Integration time CH 4/5
20
ms
100 ms
6 ... 7 Integration time CH 6/7
Parameterization
Where to Look
Analog Modules
12-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
Table 12-1 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit, Continued
Byte1Bit Parameter Explanation Range of values
17 0 ... 7 Measurement type /
measuring range CH 0/1 Set measurement type and measuring
range for channel group CH 0/1 Channel not activated
Range of values for
18 0 ... 7 Measurement type /
measuring range CH 2/3 Set measurement type and measuring
range for channel group CH 2/3
g
measurement type /
measuring range:
see Table 12
-
2
19 0 ... 7 Measurement type /
measuring range CH 4/5 Set measurement type and measuring
range for channel group CH 4/5
see
Table
12
-
2
20 0 ... 7 Measurement type /
measuring range CH 6/7 Set measurement type and measuring
range for channel group CH 6/7
21 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 0 Set upper limit value for channel 0 0
–32768 ... 32767
22 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 0 Set lower limit value for channel 0 0
–32768 ... 32767
23 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 2 Set upper limit value for channel 2 0
–32768 ... 32767
24 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 2 Set lower limit value for channel 2 0
–32768 ... 32767
34 2 Measured value
presentation Present measured value for master system
S5 or S7 S5
S7
: Default setting in parameterization telegram
1Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave
Table 12-2 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Range of Values, Bytes 25 to 28
Range of values for bytes
17 to 20 Explanation
Channel not activated No measurement on this channel
Measurement type " 80 mV Measuring range " 80 mV
Measurement type " 0.25 V Measuring range " 0.25 V
Measurement type " 0.5 V Measuring range " 0.5 V
Measurement type " 1 V Measuring range " 1 V
Measurement type 48 ohms resistance Measurement with 48 ohms resistance
Measurement type 150 ohms resistance Measurement with 150 ohms resistance
Measurement type 300 ohms resistance Measurement with 300 ohms resistance
Measurement type 600 ohms resistance Measurement with 600 ohms resistance
Analog Modules
12-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 12-2 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Range of Values, Bytes 25 to 28, Continued
Range of values for bytes
17 to 20 Explanation
Measurement type Pt100 climatic Measurement with Pt100 resistance thermometer (climatic)
Measurement type Ni100 climatic Measurement with Ni100 resistance thermometer (climatic)
Measurement type Pt100 standard Measurement with Pt100 resistance thermometer (standard)
Measurement type Ni100 standard Measurement with Ni100 resistance thermometer (standard)
Measurement type th.cpl., type N int. Thermocouple measurement type N with internal compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type E int. Thermocouple measurement type E with internal compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type J int. Thermocouple measurement type J with internal compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type L int. Thermocouple measurement type L with internal compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type T int. Thermocouple measurement type T with internal compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type K int. Thermocouple measurement type K with internal compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type U int. Thermocouple measurement type U with internal compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type N int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type N with internal compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type E int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type E with internal compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type J int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type J with internal compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type L int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type L with internal compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type T int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type T with internal compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type K int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type K with internal compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type U int./lin. Thermocouple measurement type U with internal compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type N ext. Thermocouple measurement type N with external compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type E ext. Thermocouple measurement type E with external compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type J ext. Thermocouple measurement type J with external compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type L ext. Thermocouple measurement type L with external compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type T ext. Thermocouple measurement type T with external compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type K ext. Thermocouple measurement type K with external compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type U ext. Thermocouple measurement type U with external compensation
Measurement type th.cpl., type N
ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type N with external compensation and
linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type E ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type E with external compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type J ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type J with external compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type L ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type L with external compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type T ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type T with external compensation and linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type K
ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type K with external compensation and
linearization
Measurement type th.cpl., type U
ext./lin. Thermocouple measurement type U with external compensation and lineariza-
tion
Analog Modules
12-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for SIMATIC S5 are
presented as complements of twos (range: – 2048 ... + 2047 units).
The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 bit:
Table 12-3 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S5 with ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
High byte Low byte
Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Analog value
presentation DT 211 210 29282726252423222120X F O
Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 are without significance for the amount of the measured
value. These bits are described in detail in Table 12-4.
Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 in the bit pattern of the analog input value have the follow-
ing significance:
Table 12-4 Description of Bits for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
Bit Significance Signal state Significance of the
signal state
OOverflow bit 1 Range overshoot1
FError bit 1 Wire break; the value read is
invalid
DT Sign 0Sign “+”
1Sign “–”
X Irrelevant – –
1An overflow at one measuring point has no effect on the overflow bits of the other
channels; i.e. the values of the other channels are correct and can be evaluated.
Analog Value
Presentation,
SIMATIC S5
Supplementary
Bits
Analog Modules
12-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized
measured values for the measuring ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV
and " 1000 mV.
Table 12-5 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV,
" 500 mV and " 1000 mV)
Units Measured value in mV Digitized measured value X F O Range
"80
"250
"500
"1000
"80
mV
"250
mV
"500
mV
"1000
mV 1514131211109876543210
> 2409 94.10 294.07 588.13 1176.26 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 Overflow
2408 94.06 293.95 587.89 1175.78 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
Overload
: : : : : :
O
ver
l
oa
d
range
2049 80.04 250.12 500.24 1000.48 0 100000000001000 range
2048 80.00 250.0 500.0 1000.0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1024 40.00 125.00 250.00 500.00 0 010000000000000
10.039 0.12 0.24 0.48 0 000000000001000 Nominal
range
0 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0 000000000000000 range
–1 –0.039 –0.12 –0.24 –0.48 1 111111111111000
–1024 –40.00 –125.00 –250.00 –500.00 1 110000000000000
–2048 –80.00 –250.0 –500.0 –1000.0 1 100000000000000
–2049 –80.04 –250.12 –500.24 –1000.48 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0
Overload
: : : : : :
O
ver
l
oa
d
range
–2408 –94.06 –293.95 587.89 –1175.78 1 011010011000000 range
< –2409 –94.10 –294.07 –588.13 –1176.26 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 Overflow
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized mea-
sured values for resistance sensors (Pt 100):
Table 12-6 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Resistance Sensors
Units Resistance
in W
Temperature
in °C
Digitized measured value X F O Range
in Win ° C 1514131211109876543
210
> 1766 > 400 > 883 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 Overflow
1766 883 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
Overload range1
: : : Overload range
1
1702 851 0 011010100110000
1700 390.26 850 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
1400 345.13 700 0 010101111000000
1000 280.90 500 0 001111101000000
600 212.02 300 0 001001011000000
300 157.31 150 0 000100101100000
200 138.50 100 0 000011001000000 Nominal range
2 100.39 1 0 000000000010000
–0 100.00 0 0 000000000000000
–40 92.16 –20 1 111111011000000
–80 84.27 –40 1 111110110000000
–200 60.25 –100 1 111100111000000
–202 –101 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0
Overload range1
: : : Overload range
1
–494 –247 1 111000010010000
< –494 < –247 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Overflow
1In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range.
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The three tables below contain the relationships between analog and digitized
measured values for thermocouples of types K, J and L.
Table 12-7 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type K Thermocouple
(Nickel-Chromium/Nickel-Aluminum, to IEC 584)
Units Thermal
e.m.f. in
Temperature
in
°
C
Digitized measured value X F O Range
e
.
m
.
f
.
in
mV1
in
C
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
> 2359 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 Overflow
1370 1370 0 010101011010000Overload range2
1369 54.773 1369 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
1000 41.269 1000 0 001111101000000
500 20.640 500 0 000111110100000
150 6.137 150 0 000010010110000 Nominal range
100 4.095 100 0 000001100100000
10.039 1 0 000000000001000
0 0 0 0000000000000000
–1 –0.039 –1 1 111111111111000
–100 –3.553 –100 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0
–101 –3.584 –101 1 111110011011000 Precision
–150 –4.912 –150 1 111101101010000 v 2 K
–200 –5.891 –200 1 111100111000000
–201 –201 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 Overload range2
–273 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 Overflow
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 1 0 Wire break
1For a reference temperature 0 °C
2In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range.
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
Table 12-8 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type J Thermocouple
(Iron/Copper-Nickel (Constantan), to IEC 584)
Units Thermal
e.m.f. in
Temperature
in
°
C
Digitized measured value X F O Range
e
.
m
.
f
.
in
mV1
in
C
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1485 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 Overflow
1201 1201 0 010010110001000Overload range2
1200 69.536 1200 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1000 57.942 1000 0 001111101000000
500 27.388 500 0 000111110100000
100 5.268 100 0 000001100100000
10.05 1 0 000000000001000 Nominal range
0 0 0 0 000000000000000
–1 –0.05 –1 1 111111111111000
–100 –4.632 –100 1 111110011100000
–150 –6.499 –150 1 111101101010000
–199 –7.868 –199 1 111100111001000
–200 –7.890 –200 1 111100111000000
–201 –201 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 Overload range2
–273 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 Overflow
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 1 0 Wire break
1For a reference temperature 0 °C
2In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range.
Analog Modules
12-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 12-9 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit with Linearization; Type L Thermocouple
(Iron/Copper-Nickel (Constantan), to DIN 43710)
Units Thermal
e.m.f. in
Temperature
in
°
C
Digitized measured value X F O Range
e
.
m
.
f
.
in
mV1
in
C
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
1361 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 Overflow
901 901 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 Overload range2
900 53.14 900 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
500 27.85 500 0 000111110100000
250 13.75 250 0 000011111010000
100 +5.37 100 0 000001100100000
10.05 1 0 000000000001000 Nominal range
0 0 0 0 000000000000000
–1 –0.05 –1 1 111111111111000
–100 –4.75 –100 1 111110011100000
–150 –6.60 –150 1 111101101010000
–190 –7.86 –190 1 111101000010000
–199 –8.12 –199 1 111100111001000
–200 –200 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Overload range2
–273 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 Overflow
X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 0 1 0 Wire break
1For a reference temperature 0 °C
2In the overload range, the characteristic retains the angle adopted on leaving the linearized nominal range.
Analog Modules
12-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for SIMATIC S7 are
presented as complements of twos.
The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit:
Table 12-10 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit
High byte Low byte
Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Analog value
presentation DT 214 213 212 211 210 29282726252423222120
Bit 15 is without significance for the amount of the measured value. It
merely represents the sign.
The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 for the measuring ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV, " 500 mV
and " 1000 mV.
Table 12-11 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 80 mV, " 250 mV,
" 500 mV and " 1000 mV)
Measuring
range
Measuring
range
Measuring
range
Measuring
range
Units
range
" 80 mV range
" 250 mV range
" 500 mV range
" 1 V decimal hexa-
decimal Range
w 94.074 w 293.98 w 587.96 w 1.176 32767 7FFFHOverflow
94.071 293.97 587.94 1.175 32511 7EFFH
Old
: : : : : : Overload
ran
g
e
80.003 250.01 500.02 1.00004 27649 6C01H
range
80.000 250.00 500.00 1.000 27648 6C00H
60.000 187.50 375.00 0.750 20736 5100H
: : : : : : Nominal range
– 60.000 – 187.50 – 375.00 – 0.750 –20736 AF00H
– 80.000 – 250.00 – 500.00 –1.000 –27648 9400H
– 80.003 – 250.01 – 500.02 – 1.00004 –27649 93FFH
Ud di
: : : : : : Underdrive
ran
g
e
– 94.074 – 293.98 – 587.96 – 1.175 –32512 8100 H
range
v– 94.077 v– 293.99 v– 588.98 v– 1.176 –32768 8000HUnderrun
Analog Value
Presentation,
SIMATIC S7
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The table below shows the digitized measured values for the ET 200C;
AI 4/8 12 Bit for resistance sensors (Pt 100):
Table 12-12 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Pt 100
Resistance Sensors
Temperature
range standard
Pt 100
850 C
Decimal Hexadecimal Range
w1000.1 32767 7FFFHOverflow
1000.0
:
850.1
10000
:
8501
2710H
:
2135H
Overload range
850.0
:
–200.0
8500
:
–2000
2134H
:
F830H
Nominal range
–200.1
:
–243.0
–2001
:
–2430
F82FH
:
F682H
Underdrive range
v– 243.1 –32768 8000HUnderrun
The four tables below show the digitized measured values for thermocouples
of types K, N, J and E.
Table 12-13 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type K
Thermocouple
Temperature
range in C
Type K
Decimal Hexadecimal Range
w1623 32767 7FFFHOverflow
1622
:
1373
16220
:
13730
3FSCH
:
35A2H
Overload range
1372
:
–270
13720
:
–2700
3598H
:
F574H
Nominal range
v–271 –2710 F573HUnderdrive range
If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input
module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H.
Table of Measured
Values
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
Table 12-14 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type N
Thermocouple
Temperature
range in C
Type N
Decimal Hexadecimal Range
w1551 32767 7C8CHOverflow
1550
:
1301
15500
:
13010
3C8CH
:
32D2H
Overload range
1300
:
–270
13000
:
–2700
32C8H
:
F574H
Nominal range
v–271 –2710 F573HUnderdrive range
If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input
module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H.
Table 12-15 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type J
Thermocouple
Temperature
range in C
Type J
Decimal Hexadecimal Range
w1451 32767 7FFFHOverflow
1450
:
1201
14500
:
12010
38A4H
:
2EEAH
Overload range
1200
:
–210.0
12000
:
–2100
2EE0H
:
F7CCH
Nominal range
v–211 –2110 F7C2HUnderdrive range
If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input
module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H.
Analog Modules
12-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 12-16 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit for Type E
Thermocouple
Temperature
range in C
Type E
Decimal Hexadecimal Range
w1201 32767 7FFFHOverflow
1200
:
1001
12000
:
10010
2EE0H
:
271AH
Overload range
1000
:
–270
10000
:
–2700
2710H
:
F574H
Nominal range
v–271 –2710 F573HUnderdrive range
If wiring is incorrect or an error occurs in the sensor in the negative, the analog input
module reports underrun if F0C5H is undershot and outputs 8000H.
Analog Modules
12-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0),
Continued
Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4/8 12 Bit:
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
Conduit thread
Figure 12-3 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing
Dimensional
Drawing
Analog Modules
12-19
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4/8 12 Bit
with T connector:
1: The bending radii of the cable must be taken into account for installation.
Figure 12-4 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4/8 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing
with T connector
Dimensional
Drawing
Analog Modules
12-20 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
12.2 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0)
Technical Data
Transfer rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/
500/1500 kbaud
Bus protocol DP standard
Galvanically isolated from
SINEC L2-DP bus yes
Power loss typ. 3.0 W
Weight approx. 950 g
Dimensions (W x H x D) 200 100 57
Diagnostics Functions
Voltage monitoring green LED “RUN”
SINEC L2-DP bus
monitoring red LED “BF”
Group diagnostics red LED “DIA”,
parameterizable
Supply Voltage Inputs and Internal Logic
Supply voltage (L+)
Nominal 24 V DC
Permissible range 20.4 ... 30.2 V
Value for t < 0.5 s 35 V
Current consumption from L+
Logic 130 mA/24V
Inputs
Number of inputs 4
Galvanic isolation between
voltage supply and internal
logic
yes
Test voltage 500 V DC
Measured value ranges
Voltage sensor " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V,
" 5 V, " 10 V
Current sensor " 20 mA, 0 – 20 mA,
4 – 20 mA
Signal generator connection two-wire
Input resistance
Voltage sensor > 1 MW
Current sensor 125W
Measured value presentation 12 Bit + sign
Measuring principle momentary value
encryption (successive
approximation)
Encryption time 250 ms per input
Cycle time of the module approx. 2 ms (without
system reaction time)
Inputs (Continued)
Permissible potential
differential
Input to input max. "10 V
Inputs to MA (UCM)max. "1 V
MA to PE or M max. 75V DC/60V AC
Error message for
Range overshoot yes
Interference voltage
suppression for f =
n (50/60 Hz " 1%)
n = 1, 2, ...
Common-mode
interference (Upp t1 V) min. 60 dB
Basic error
Voltage ranges 0.15 %
Current ranges 0.25 %
Operational limit
(0 ... 60 C)
Voltage ranges 0.30 %
Current ranges 0.45 %
Permissible input voltage max. " 25 V-1
channel,
" 16 V-4 channels or
" 75 V (pulse for max.
1 ms and sampling ratio
of 1:20)
Permissible input current max. 31 mA
Cable length
shielded max. 30 m
Limit value alarm yes, parameterizable for
channels 0 and 2
Diagnostics alarm yes, parameterizable
Diagnostics information
accessible yes
Analog Modules
12-21
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Simplified representation of the potentials of the ET 200C analog input
module; AI 4 12 Bit:
Internal
supply
A
D
SINEC
L2-DP Control
logic
CH 0
CH 1
CH 3
CH 2
Galvanic
isolation
Channel activation
24 V
L+
M
Figure 12-5 ET200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram
Fig. 12-6 shows the screw terminals and their assignments in the ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit:
+
-
+
-
+
-
+
-
CH0
CH1
CH2
CH3
A
V
A
V
A
V
A
V
MANA
Figure 12-6 Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
Block Diagram
Screw Terminals
Analog Modules
12-22 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
You parameterize the ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit with the aid of the
COM ET 200 Windows parameterization software.
Parameterization of the ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit with COM ET 200 Windows
is described in detail in the Help system integrated in the COM ET 200
Windows program.
The manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System
(Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) contains detailed descriptions of how to use
COM ET 200 Windows.
All the parameters for the ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit are described in the table
below:
Table 12-17 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit
Byte1Bit Parameter Explanation Range of values
08 0Enable diagnostics CH 0 Enable diagnostics messages by
channel groups
disable
bl
1Enable diagnostics CH 1 channel groups enable
2Enable diagnostics CH 2
3 Enable diagnostics CH 3
09 6Enable diagnostics alarm Enable diagnostics alarm of
module disable
enable
7Enable limit value alarm Enable limit value alarm of
module
17 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring
range CH 0 Set measurement type and
measuring range for channel
CH 0
Channel not activated
Measurement type " 1.25 V
Measurement type " 2.5 V
Mtt"5V
18 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring
range CH 1 Set measurement type and
measuring range for channel
CH 1
Measurement type " 5 V
Measurement type " 10 V
Measurement type " 20 mA
Measurement t
yp
e
0
...
2
0
mA
19 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring
range CH 2 Set measurement type and
measuring range for channel
CH 2
Measurement
type
0
...
20
mA
Measurement type 4 ... 20 mA
20 0 ... 7 Measurement type / measuring
range CH 3 Set measurement type and
measuring range for channel
CH 3
21 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 0 Set upper limit value for
channel CH 0 0
–32768 ... 32767
23 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 0 Set lower limit value for
channel CH 0 0
–32768 ... 32767
Parameterization
Where to Look
Analog Modules
12-23
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 12-17 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit, Continued
Byte1Range of valuesExplanationParameterBit
25 0 ... 7 Upper limit value CH 2 Set upper limit value for
channel CH 2 0
–32768 ... 32767
27 0 ... 7 Lower limit value CH 2 Set lower limit value for
channel CH 2 0
–32768 ... 32767
34 2 Measured value presentation Present measured value for
master system S5 or S7 S5
S7
: Default setting in parameterization telegram
1Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave
Analog Modules
12-24 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit for SIMATIC S5 are presented
as complements of twos (range: – 2048 ... + 2047 units).
The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit:
Table 12-18 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
High byte Low byte
Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Analog value
presentation DT 211 210 29282726252423222120X F O
Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 are without significance for the amount of the measured
value. These bits are described in detail in Table 12-19.
Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 in the bit pattern of the analog input value have the follow-
ing significance:
Table 12-19 Description of bits for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
Bit Significance Signal state Significance of the
signal state
OOverflow bit 1 Range overshoot1
FError bit 1 Wire break; the value read is
invalid
DT Sign 0Sign “+”
1Sign “–”
X Irrelevant – –
1An overflow at one measuring point has no effect on the overflow bits of the other
channels; i.e. the values of the other channels are correct and can be evaluated.
Analog Value
Presentation,
SIMATIC S5
Supplementary
Bits
Analog Modules
12-25
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized
measured values for the measuring ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V,
" 10 V.
Table 12-20 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V,
" 5 V, " 10 V)
Units Measured value in V Digitized measured value X F O Range
"1.25V "2.5V "5V "10V 1514131211109876543210
2407 1.4695 2.9389 5.8778 11.7558 : 1 Overflow
2406 1.4689 2.9377 5.8754 11.7509 : 0
Overload
: : : : : : 0 Overload
ran
g
e
2049 1.2506 2.5012 5.0024 10.0049 0 100000000001000
range
2048 1.2500 2.5000 5.0000 10.0000 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2047 1.2494 2.4988 4.9976 9.9951 0 011111111111000
2046 1.2488 2.4975 4.9951 9.9902 0 011111111110000
: : : : : :
10.0006 0.0012 0.0024 0.0049 0 000000000001000 Nominal
range
0 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0 000000000000000 range
–1 –0.0006 –0.0012 –0.0024 –0.0049 1 111111111111000
: : : : : : :
–2047 –1.2494 –2.4988 –4.9976 –9.9951 1 100000000001000
–2048 –1.2500 –2.5000 –5.0000 –10.0000 1 100000000000000
–2049 –1.2506 –2.5012 –5.0024 –10.0049 0 100000000001000
–2050 –1.2512 –2.5024 –5.0048 –10.0098 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Ud di
: : : : : : 0 Underdrive
ran
g
e
–2406 –1.4689 2.9377 –5.8754 –11.7509 : 0
range
–2407 –1.4695 –2.9389 –5.8778 –11.7558 : 1 Underrun
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-26 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The tables below show the relationship between analog and digitized mea-
sured values for the measuring ranges: 0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA, " 20 mA.
Table 12-21 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring
Range: " 20 mA)
Units Measured
value in
mA
Digitized measured value X F O Range
"20 mA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
: : :
Old
: : : Overload
ran
g
e
2048 20.0000 0 100000000000000
range
2047 19.9902 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
2046 19.9804 0 011111111110000
: : :
10.00976 0 000000000001000 Nominal
range
0 0.0000 0 000000000000000 range
–1 –0.00976 1 111111111111000
: : :
–2047 –19.9902 1 100000000001000
–2048 –20.0000 1 100000000000001
–2049 –20.00976 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
Ud di
: : : Underdrive
ran
g
e
: : :
range
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-27
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table 12-22 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring
Range: 0 ... 20 mA)
Units Measured
value in mA Digitized measured value X X O Range
0 ... 20 mA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
4095 19.9951 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1
4094 19.9902 0 111111111110000 Nominal
range
: : : range
1 0.00488 0 000000000001000
00.00000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
Table 12-23 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring
Range: 4 ... 20 mA)
Units Measured
value in mA Digitized measured value1X F O Range
4 ... 20 mA 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
3009 23.500 : 1 Overflow
3008 23.462 : 0 Overload
range
: : : 0 range
2561 20.008 0 101000000001000
2560 20.000 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Nominal
range
2048 16.000 0 100000000000000 range
512 4.000 0 001000000000000
511 3.992 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 Underdrive
range
384 3.000 0 000110000000000 range
383 2.992 0 000101111111000
00.000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Wire break
The 4 ... 20 mA measuring range is resolved as 2048 units with the interval
512 ...2560. Presentation in the 0 ... 2048 range requires the subtraction of
512 units by the software.
Note
Analog Modules
12-28 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The analog values of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit for SIMATIC S7 are presented
as complements of twos.
The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C;
AI 4 12 Bit:
Table 12-24 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
High byte Low byte
Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Analog value
presentation DT 214 213 212 211 210 29282726252423222120
Bit 15 is without significance for the amount of the measured value. It
merely represents the sign.
The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C;
AI 4 12 for the measuring ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V an d " 10 V.
Table 12-25 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 bit (Measuring Ranges: " 1.25 V, " 2.5 V, " 5 V
and " 10 V)
Measuring
range
Measuring
range
Measuring
range
Measuring
range
Units
range
" 1.25 V
range
" 2.5 V
range
" 5 V
range
" 10 V decimal hexa-
decimal Range
w 1.4699 w 2.9398 w 5.8796 w 11.759 32767 7FFFHOverflow
1.46985 2.9397 5.8794 11.7589 32511 7EFFH
: : : : : : Overload range
1.25005 2.5001 5.0002 10.0004 27649 6C01H
1.25 2.50 5.00 10.00 27648 6C00H
0.9375 1.875 3.75 7.50 20736 5100H
: : : : : : Nominal range
– 0.9375 – 1.875 – 3.75 – 7.50 –20736 AF00H
– 1.25 – 2.50 – 5.00 – 10.00 –27648 9400 H
– 1.25005 – 2.5001 – 5.0002 – 10.0004 –27649 93FFH
: : : : : : Underdrive range
– 1.4699 – 2.9398 – 5.8796 – 11.759 –32512 8100H
v– 1.47 v– 2.94 v– 5.88 v– 11.76 –32768 8000 HUnderrun
Analog Value
Presentation,
SIMATIC S7
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-29
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C;
AI 4 12 for the measuring range: " 20 mA.
Table 12-26 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring
Range: " 20 mA)
Measuring
range "20 mA
Units
Range
range " 20 mA decimal hexadecimal
Range
w 23.516 32767 7FFFHOverflow
23.515 32511 7EFFH
: : : Overload range
20.0007 27649 6C01H
20.000 27648 6C00H
14.998 20736 5100H
: : : Nominal range
– 14.998 –20736 AF00H
– 20.000 –27648 9400 H
– 20.0007 –27649 93FFH
: : : Underdrive range
– 23.516 –32512 8100 H
v– 23.517 –32768 8000HUnderrun
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-30 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The table below shows the digitized measured values of the ET 200C;
AI 4 12 for the measuring ranges: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA.
Table 12-27 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit (Measuring
Ranges: 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA)
Measuring
range
f
Measuring
range
f
Units
Range
from
0 to 20 mA from
4 to 20 mA decimal hexadecimal
Range
w 23.516 w 22.815 32767 7FFFHOverflow
23.515 22.810 32511 7EFFH
: : : : Overload range
20.0007 20.0005 27649 6C01H
20.000 20.000 27648 6C00H
14.998 16.000 20736 5100H
Nominal range
: : : :
Nominal
range
0.000 4.000 0 0H
-0.0007 3.9995 –1 FFFFH
: : : : Underdrive range
–3.5185 1.1852 –4864 ED00H
v–3.5193 v1.1845 –32768 8000HUnderrun
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-31
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4 12 Bit:
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
Conduit thread
Figure 12-7 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing
Dimensional
Drawing
Analog Modules
12-32 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog input module; AI 4 12 Bit with
T connector:
1: The bending radii of the cable must be taken into account for installation.
Figure 12-8 ET 200C Analog Input Module; AI 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing
with T connector
Dimensional
Drawing
Analog Modules
12-33
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
12.3 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0)
Technical Data
Transfer rates 9.6/19.2/93.75/187.5/
500/1500 kbaud
Bus protocol DP standard
Galvanically isolated from
SINEC L2-DP bus yes
Power loss typ. 3.0 W
Weight approx. 950 g
Dimensions (W H D) 200 100 57
Diagnostics Functions
Voltage monitoring green LED “RUN”
SINEC L2-DP bus
monitoring red LED “BF”
Group diagnostics red LED “DIA”,
parameterizable
Supply Voltage Outputs and Internal Logic
Supply voltage (L+)
Nominal 24 V DC
Permissible range 20.4 ... 30.2 V
Value for t < 0.5 s 35 V
Current consumption from L+
Logic 120 mA
Outputs
Number of outputs 4
Galvanic isolation between
voltage supply and internal
logic
yes
Test voltage 500 V DC
Measured value ranges
Voltage range " 10 V, 0– 10 V,
1 – 5 V
Current range " 20 mA, 0 – 20 mA,
4 – 20 mA
Connection four- or two-wire
Load resistance
Voltage output min. 1 kW
Load impedance for
voltage output max. 500W
Capacitive load max. 1 mF
Inductive load max. 1mH
Measured value presentation 12 bit + sign
Overload range approx. 17.5 %
Conversion time S5:
max. 2 ms per output
Outputs (Continued)
Conversion time S7:
max. 1 ms per output
Settling time
for ohmic load 0.15 ms
for capacitive load 2.5 ms
for inductive load 0.2 ms
Permissible potential
differential
MA to PE or M max. 75V DC/60V AC
Crosstalk between outputs 40 dB
Operational limit (for entire
temperature range, referenced
to output range)
Voltage " 0.5 %
Current " 0.6 %
Basic error (operational limit
at 25 C, referenced to output
range)
Voltage " 0.3 %
Current " 0.4 %
Temperature error (referenced
to output range) " 0.02 %/K
Linearity error (referenced to
output range) " 0.05 %
Repeat accuracy (in steady
state at 25 C, referenced to
output range)
" 0.05 %
Output ripple (referenced to
output range) " 0.10 %
Voltage output
Short-circuit protection yes, max. 1 output
simultaneously
Short-circuit current max. 25 mA
Current output
No-load voltage max. 18 V
Cable length
shielded max. 30 m
Substitute values yes, parameterizable
Diagnostics alarm yes, parameterizable
Diagnostics information
accessible yes
Analog Modules
12-34 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
Simplified representation of the potentials of the ET 200C analog output
module; AO 4 12 Bit:
Internal
supply
A
D
SINEC
L2-DP
24 V
Galvanic
isolation
L+
M
CH 0
CH 1
CH 2
CH 3
Control
logic
Figure 12-9 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Block Diagram
Fig. 12-10 shows the screw terminals and their assignments in the ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit:
+
-
+
-
+
+
+
CH1
CH2
CH3
CH0
-
+
-
-
+
-
-
+
-
Figure 12-10 Screw Terminals with Assignments in the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
Block Diagram
Screw Terminals
Analog Modules
12-35
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
You parameterize the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit with the aid of the
COM ET 200 Windows parameterization software.
Parameterization of the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit with COM ET 200
Windows is described in detail in the Help system integrated in the
COM ET 200 Windows program.
The manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System
(Order No. 6ES5 998-3ES12) contains detailed descriptions of how to use
COM ET 200 Windows.
All the parameters for the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit are described in the
table below:
Table 12-28 Parameters for ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit
Byte1Bit Parameter Explanation Range of values
08 0Enable diagnostics CH 0 Enable diagnostics messages by
channel groups
disable
bl
1Enable diagnostics CH 1 channel groups enable
2Enable diagnostics CH 2
3 Enable diagnostics CH 3
15 6 Enable diagnostics alarm Enable diagnostics alarm of
module disable
enable
16 0Type of substitute value, CH 0 Channel by channel definition
of substitute value output on
Substitute value
lt l
1Type of substitute value, CH 1 of substitute value output on
error last value
2Type of substitute value, CH 2
error
3 Type of substitute value, CH 3
17 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 0 Channel by channel selection of
output range
Output range " 10 V
O 0 10 V
18 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 1 output range
pg
Output range 0 ... 10 V
Output range 0 ... 20 mA
19 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 2
Output
range
0
...
20
mA
Output range 4 ... 20 mA
O20A
20 0 ... 7 Output type / output range CH 3 Output range " 20 mA
21 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 0 Channel by channel input of
substitute value
0
32768 32767
23 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 1 su
b
s
tit
u
t
e va
l
ue
(if communication is
idlii
–32768 ... 32767
25 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 2 interrupted, value input is output
as substitute value –
27 0 ... 7 Substitute value CH 3
as
substitute
value
see Table 12-29)
34 2 Measured value presentation Present measured value for
master system S5 or S7 S5
S7
: Default setting in parameterization telegram
1Byte address in parameterization telegram of slave
Parameterization
Where to Look
Analog Modules
12-36 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The substitute value output of the ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit in the event of
an interruption in communication is described in the table below:
Table 12-29 Substitute Value Output of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit on Interruption in Communication
Cause of interruption in
communication between I/O
controller and 4AO output
module
Response of 4AO output module to interruption in communication
Response monitoring active Response monitoring not active
Substitute
value:
configurable
Substitute
value:
last value
Substitute
value:
configurable
Substitute
value:
last value
“POWER OFF” at controller
(CPU and DP master) CV å SV CV å LV CV å SV CV å LV
CPU stopped CV å SV CV å LV CV å SV CV å LV
DP master stopped CV å SV CV å LV CV å SV CV å LV
Interruption on bus CV å SV CV å LV CV å LV CV å LV
Response of 4AO output module to end of interruption in
communication
Response monitoring active Response monitoring not active
Substitute
value:
configurable
Substitute
value:
last value
Substitute
value:
configurable
Substitute
value:
last value
“POWER OFF” at controller
(CPU and DP master) SVå0åSV LV å0åCV SV å CV LV å CV
CPU stopped SV å CV LV å CV SV å CV LV å CV
DP master stopped SV å CV LV å CV SV å CV LV å CV
Interruption on bus SV å CV LV å0åCV LV å CV LV å CV
CV – current value from CPU; LV – last value; SV – configured substitute value
Substitute Value
Output –
Communication
Interrupted
Analog Modules
12-37
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The analog values of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit for SIMATIC S5 are
presented as complements of twos.
The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit:
Table 12-30 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
High byte Low byte
Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Analog value
presentation DT 211 210 29282726252423222120X X X
Bits 0 ... 3 and 15 are without significance for the amount of the measured
value. These bits are described in detail in Table 12-31.
Bits 0 ... 2 and 15 in the bit pattern of the analog input value have the follow-
ing significance:
Table 12-31 Description of bits for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
Bit Significance Signal state Significance of the
signal state
DT Sign 0 Sign “+”
1Sign “–”
X Irrelevant – –
Analog Value
Presentation,
SIMATIC S5
Supplementary
Bits
Analog Modules
12-38 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The table below shows the relationship between analog and digitized output
signals for the ranges of values: " 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, " 20 mA, 0 ... 20 mA,
4 ... 20 mA.
Table 12-32 Analog Output Signals of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (Ranges of Values: " 10 V, 0 ... 10 V, " 20 mA,
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA)
Units Measured value in mV Digitized measured value Range
0 ... 20
mA 4 ... 20
mA "20
mA 0 ... 10
V1 ... 5
V"10V 1514131211109876543
1249 23.52 5.88 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 0
O
1204 23.52 : 23.52 11.758 : 11.758 0 100101101000 Over-
load
: : : : : : : :
load
ran
g
e
1025 20.0195 20.016 20.2 10.0098 5.004 10.0098 0 100000000010
range
1024 20.0 20.0 20.0 10.00 5.0 10.00 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
1023 19.98 19.98 19.98 9.99 4.995 9.990 0 011111111111
512 10.0 12.0 10.0 5.00 3 5.000 0 010000000000
256 5.0 8.00 5.0 2.50 2 2.500 0 001000000000
10.0195 4.015 0.02 0.0098 1.00375 0.0098 0 000000000001 Nom.
range
0 0.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.000 0 000000000000 range
–1 0.0 3.984 –0.02 0.0 0.996 –0.0098 1 111111111111
–256 0.0 0.0 –05.0 0.0 0.0 –2.500 1 111000000000
–512 0.0 0.0 –10.0 0.0 0.0 –5.000 1 110000000000
–1024 0.0 0.0 –20.00 0.0 0.0 –10.000 1 100000000000
–1025 0.0 0.0 –20.02 0.0 0.0 –10.009 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Over-
: : : : : : : :
Over
load
–1204 0.0 0.0 –23.52 0.0 0.0 –11.758 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 range
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-39
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The analog values of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit for SIMATIC S7 are
presented as complements of twos.
The table below shows the analog value presentation for ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit:
Table 12-33 Presentation of an Analog Input Value as Bit Pattern for SIMATIC S7 with ET 200C;
AO 4 12 Bit
High byte Low byte
Bit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Analog value
presentation DT 214 213 212 211 210 29282726252423222120
Bit 15 is without significance for the amount of the measured value. It
merely represents the sign.
Analog Value
Presentation,
SIMATIC S7
Analog Modules
12-40 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
The table below shows the digitized output values of the ET 200C;
AO 4 12 for the output ranges: " 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA.
Table 12-34 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (Output Ranges: " 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA and 4
to 20 mA)
Output
range
Output
range
Output
range
Units Range
range
" 20 mA range
0 to 20 mA range
4 to 20 mA decimal hexa-
decimal
0 0 0 w32512 w7F00HOverflow
23.515 23.515 22.81 32511 7EFFH
: : : : : Overload range
20.0007 20.0007 20.005 27649 6C01H
20.000 20.000 20.000 27648 6C00H
: : : :
0 0 4.000 0 0H
0 : : :
Nominal range
: 0 – 6912 E500H
N
om
i
na
l
range
0– 6913 E4FFH
: :
– 20.000 – 27648 9400H
– 27649 93FFH
: : : Underdrive range
– 23.515 – 32512 8100H
0v– 32513 v80FFHUnderrun
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-41
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
The table below shows the digitized output values of the ET 200C;
AO 4 12 for the output ranges: 0 to 10 V and " 10 V.
Table 12-35 Digitized Measured Values for ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit (Output Ranges: 0 to 10 V and " 10 V)
Output range
0to10V
Output range
"10 V
Units
0 to 10 V " 10 V decimal hexa-
decimal Range
0 0 w32512 w7F00HOverflow
11.7589 11.7589 32511 7EFFH
: : : : Overload range
10.0004 10.0004 27649 6C01H
10.0000 10.0000 27648 6C00H
: : : :
0 0 0 0H
0 : :
Nominal range
:– 6912 E500H
N
om
i
na
l
range
– 6913 E4FFH
: :
– 10.0000 – 27648 9400H
10.0004 – 27649 93FFH
: : : Underdrive range
– 11.7589 – 32512 8100 H
0v– 32513 v80FFHUnderrun
Table of Measured
Values
Analog Modules
12-42 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0),
Continued
Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog output module; AO 4 12 Bit:
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
Conduit thread
Figure 12-1 1 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing
Dimensional
Drawing
Analog Modules
12-43
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Dimensional drawing for ET 200C analog output module; AO 4 12 Bit
with T connector:
1: The bending radii of the cable must be taken into account for installation.
Figure 12-12 ET 200C Analog Output Module; AO 4 12 Bit: Dimensional Drawing
with T connector
Dimensional
Drawing
Analog Modules
12-44 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Analog Modules
13-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Other ET 200C Components
This chapter contains technical data on the following ET 200C components:
T connector
Power supply connector
Programmer connector
Cable
Terminating resistor
Adapter cable
In this Chapter
13
13-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
13.1 T Connector (6ES5 762-2CT11)
Technical Specifications
Connections 212- pin socket
connector
112-pin connector
Weight approx. 160 g
Dimensions (WHL) 462670 mm
Other ET 200C Components
13-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
13.2 Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11)
Technical Specifications
Input voltage
Nominal value
Permissible range
24 V DC
20.4 to 30.2 V DC
Output voltage
Nominal value
Permissible range
24 V DC
20.4 to 30.2 V DC
Output current
Nominal value 4 A
Short-circuit protection No
Electrical isolation No
Insulation rating to VDE 0160
Internal resistance RItyp. 10 mW
Connections 212-pin socket
connector
16-pin plug
Earthing screw
Weight
Dimensions (WHL)
approx. 500 g
8057125 mm
Dimension drawing for the power supply connector with plug connectors
(with pin/socket insert):
1
1Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the connector
Figure 13-1 Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Insert)
Dimension
Drawing
Other ET 200C Components
13-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Power Supply Connector (6ES5 762-2CS11), Continued
Dimension drawing for power supply connector:
6-pin plug
connector
12-pin socket
connector
M4 earth
connection
12-pin socket
connector
Figure 13-2 Power Supply Connector: Dimension Drawing
Dimension
Drawing
Other ET 200C Components
13-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
13.3 Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12)
Technical Specifications
Connections 112-pin socket
without metal cap
112- pin socket with
metal cap
112-pin male
connector
Weight
Dimensions (WHL)
approx. 220 g
553063 mm
Dimension drawing for programmer connector with plug connectors (with
pin/socket insert):
1Observe the bending radii of the cable when installing the module.
1
1
Figure 13-3 Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing with Plug Connectors (with Pin/Socket Insert)
Dimension
Drawing
Other ET 200C Components
13-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Programmer Connector (6ES5 762-2CA12), Continued
Dimension drawing for Programmer Connector:
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
12-pin socket
connector
Chain length
approx. 80 mm
Coding
position
Figure 13-4 Programmer Connector: Dimension Drawing
Dimension
Drawing
Other ET 200C Components
13-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
13.4 Cables
Cables for SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply
(5-core)1
Surge impedance approx. 135 to 160 W
(f = 3 to 20 MHz)
Loop impedance v 115 W/km
Effective capacity 30 nF/km
Attenuation 0.9 dB / 100 m
(f = 200 kHz)
Permissible core
cross-sectional area
for SINEC L2-DP
for PS connector
0.3 mm2 to 0.5 mm2
min. 0.75 mm2
Outer diameter of the
5-core bus cable 8 mm
Version Single-pair bus cable and 3
supply lines with common
screen
1Y ou can also use this cable for feeding the power supply
to the power supply connector or for feeding the
external load voltage.
Cables for SINEC L2-DP (2-core)
Surge impedance approx. 135 to 160 W
(f = 3 to 20 MHz)
Loop impedance v 115 W/km
Effective capacity 30 nF/km
Attenuation 0.9 dB / 100 m
(f = 200 kHz)
Permissible core
cross-sectional area
for SINEC L2-DP 0.3 mm2 to 0.5 mm2
Outer diameter of the
2-core bus cable 8 mm
Version Single-pair bus cable
Other ET 200C Components
13-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
13.5 Terminating Resistor (6ES5 755-2CA11)
Technical Specifications
Connection 112-pin socket in metal
cap
Weight
Dimensions
(diameter H)
approx. 70 g
∅2640 mm
Other ET 200C Components
13-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
13.6 Adapter Cable (6ES5 755-8CA11)
Technical Specifications
Connections 19-pin D sub
connector
112-pin connector
Cable length (without
plug-in connector) 20 cm
Smallest permissible
bending radius 7.5DMax
Other ET 200C Components
13-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Other ET 200C Components
A-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
This chapter describes the pin assignments of the analog and digital modules
in ET 200C.
In this Chapter
A
A-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
A.1 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Digital Modules
The pin assignments for the ports of all digital modules are summarized be-
low. See section 4.3 for more information on ET 200C wiring.
Table A-1 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200 C Digital Modules, only
SINEC L2-DP Connected
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 reserved
2A (green) 8 reserved
3 reserved 9 reserved
4B (red) 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Table A-2 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules, only
Separate Power Supply Connected
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 P 24 V
2 reserved 8 M 24 V
3 reserved 9 PE
4 reserved 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Table A-3 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Digital Modules,
SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 P 24 V
2A (green) 8 M 24 V
3 reserved 9 PE
4B (red) 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Pin Assignments
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
A-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table A-4 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; DI 8 DC 24V and ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL00-0BX0)
Pin Input View
124 V DC1
12
2not used
12
5
3 Ground
3
4
5
4 Signal
View: mating side
34
5 PE
Vie
w
:
mating
side
1The 24 V DC at pin 1 is the power supply provided by the module for the
sensor.
Table A-5 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; DO 8 DC 24V/0.5A, ET 200C;
DO 8 DC 24V/2A and ET 200C; DI16/DO16 DC 24V/2A
(6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0)
Pin Output View
1not used
12
2not used
12
5
3 Ground
3
4
5
4 Signal
View: mating side
34
5 PE
Vie
w
:
mating
side
Table A-6 Pin Assignment, Inputs and Outputs of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A (6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0)
Terminal Assignment
I0.0 ... I0.7 I0: input .0 ... .7
I1.0 ... I1.7 I1: input .0 ... .7
Q0.0 ... Q0.7 Q0: output .0 ... .7
Q1.0 ... Q1.7 Q1: output .0 ... .7
24V 24 V DC (sensor supply)
0V Ground (sensor supply)
PE PE
M1 Ground (UL1)
M2 Ground (UL2)
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
A-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Pin Assignments of ET 200C Digital Modules, Continued
Table A-7 Pin Assignment for Load Voltage Supply, ET 200C Modules with Outputs
Pin Load voltage supply
1 PE
2P 24 V
3M 24 V
4not used
5 not used
6 not used
Table A-8 Pin Assignment, External Power Supply at PSU Feed
Pin Power supply
1 PE
2P 24 V
3M 24 V
4not used
5 not used
6 not used
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
A-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
A.2 Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules
The pin and terminal assignments for the ports of all analog modules are
summarized below. See section 4.3 for more information on ET 200C wiring.
Table A-9 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, only
SINEC L2-DP Connected
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 reserved
2A (green) 8 reserved
3 reserved 9 reserved
4B (red) 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Table A-10 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules, only
Separate Power Supply Connected
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 P 24 V
2 reserved 8 M 24 V
3 reserved 9 PE
4 reserved 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Table A-11 Pin Assignment of Bus Connector for ET 200C Analog Modules,
SINEC L2-DP and Power Supply Combined in a Common Cable
Pin Assignment Pin Assignment
1 reserved 7 P 24 V
2A (green) 8 M 24 V
3 reserved 9 PE
4B (red) 10 reserved
5 reserved 11 reserved
6 reserved 12 reserved
Pin Assignments
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
A-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules, Continued
Table A-12 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 12 Bit (6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0)
Terminal Assignment for connection of ...
channel resistance sensor channel thermocouple voltage sensor
1not used Compensator (+) not used
2 not used Compensator (–) not used
3CH0 Measuring line (+) CH0 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
4 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
5Constant current line IC+ CH1 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
6Constant current line IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
7CH1 Measuring line (+) CH2 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
8 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
9Constant current line IC+ CH3 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
10 Constant current line IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
11 CH2 Measuring line (+) CH4 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
12 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
13 Constant current line IC+ CH5 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
14 Constant current line IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
15 CH3 Measuring line (+) CH6 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
16 Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
17 Constant current line IC+ CH7 Measuring line (+) Measuring line (+)
18 Constant current line IC–Measuring line (–) Measuring line (–)
19 Analog ground (MANA)Analog ground (MANA)
20 Analog ground (MANA)Analog ground (MANA)
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
A-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Table A-13 Pin Assignment, Inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0)
Channel Terminal Assignment
CH0 1Measuring line (+)
2 Measuring line (–)
CH1 3 Measuring line (+)
4 Measuring line (–)
CH2 5 Measuring line (+)
6 Measuring line (–)
CH3 7 Measuring line (+)
8 Measuring line (–)
9Analog ground (MANA)
10 Analog ground (MANA)
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
A-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Pin Assignments of ET 200C Analog Modules, Continued
Table A-14 Pin Assignment, Outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 12 Bit
(6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0)
Channel Terminal 4-wire layout 2-wire layout
1not used
2 not used
CH0 3Analog output “Voltage” (+) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (+)
4Analog output “Voltage” (–) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (–)
5 Sensor line (S+) not used
6Sensor line (S–) not used
CH1 7Analog output “Voltage” (+) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (+)
8Analog output “Voltage” (–) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (–)
9 Sensor line (S+) not used
10 Sensor line (S–) not used
CH2 11 Analog output “Voltage” (+) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (+)
12 Analog output “Voltage” (–) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (–)
13 Sensor line (S+) not used
14 Sensor line (S–) not used
CH3 15 Analog output “Voltage” (+) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (+)
16 Analog output “Voltage” (–) Analog output
“Current or Voltage” (–)
17 Sensor line (S+) not used
18 Sensor line (S–) not used
19 not used
20 not used
Pin Assignments of the ET 200C Modules
B-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type Files
All type files needed for the purposes of configuring ET 200 C with
COM ET 200 V4.x and COM ET 200 Windows are available from the Inter-
face Center. You can fetch the type files you need by modem by dialing the
following mailbox number:
Phone: (+ 49 for Germany) 911/73-7972
If you want to connect ET 200C modules to DP masters which are not capa-
ble of processing the type files (e.g. other-vendor DP masters), you need a
device master file (or GSD file as it is also known) to DIN E 19245, Part 3.
All device master data for ET 200U/B/C is available on a diskette which you
can order under the following order number:
Diskette with device master data: 6ES7 190-1AA00-0AA0
Alternatively, you can fetch the device master data by modem from the Inter-
face Center by dialing the following mailbox number:
Phone: (+ 49 for Germany) 911/73-7972
This chapter contains the listings of all type files for configuring your system
with COM ET 200 V4.x (ET 200C digital modules) and COM ET 200 Win-
dows (ET 200C analog modules). If the need arises, you can use these list-
ings to generate a missing type file for this version of COM ET 200 with the
aid of an ASCII editor.
For more information on installing type files for COM ET 200 V4.x, see
section 5.1, For more information on installing type files for COM ET 200
Windows, see the manual entitled ET 200 Distributed I/O System (Order
No. 6ES5 998-3ES12), section 7.3.
The type files for configuring the digital modules of ET 200C with
COM ET 200 Windows are supplied with COM ET 200 Windows and do not
have to be subsequently installed.
Provision of Type
Files
Provision of GSD
Files
In this Chapter
B
B-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.1 Type Files, ET 200C Digital Modules for COM ET 200 V4.x
In order to configure an ET 200C with COM ET 200 V4.x, you must make
sure that the type file of the ET 200C module is installed in the directory of
COM ET 200 V4.x.
The designations of the type files for ET 200C digital modules with
COM ET 200 V4.x are as follows:
Table B-1 Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Digital Modules
Station type Order number Type file
C-8DI DP 6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0 SN8010TD.200
C-8DO DP 6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0 SN8011TD.200
C-8DO/2A DP 6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0 SI8012TD.200
C-16DI/16DO/2A DP 6ES7 143-0BL00-0XB0,
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0 SI8013TD.200
Type Files
Type Files
B-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.1.1 Type File SN8010TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DI DP
Type file SN8010TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DI DP [char.]
ET200C 8DE DC 24V with LSPM 2 MLFB<6ES7 141-0BF00-0XB0> Ident 0x8010H
V4.0;
C-8DI DP;
SIEMENS ;
SIMATIC_S7;
ET200 ;
ET200C/24V/DP ;
32784;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
00000;
1111011111;
032;
032;
032;
015;
012;
PV005;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
PSL000;
KV000;
SY;
DKM000;
[69 char.]
[5 char.]
[18 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[16 char.]
[6 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[6 char.]
[11 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
Type Files
B-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.1.2 Type File SN8011TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO DP
Type file SN8011TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO DP [char.]
ET200C 8DA DC 24V / 0.5A with LSPM 2 MLFB<6ES7 142-0BF00-0XB0> Ident 0x8011 H
V4.0;
C-8DO DP;
SIEMENS ;
SIMATIC_S7;
ET200 ;
ET200C/24V/DP ;
32785;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
00000;
1111011111;
032;
032;
032;
015;
012;
PV005;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
PSL000;
KV000;
SY;
DKM000;
[76 char.]
[5 char.]
[18 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[16 char.]
[6 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[6 char.]
[11 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
Type Files
B-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.1.3 Type File SN8012TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO/2A DP
Type file SN8012TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-8DO/2A DP [char.]
ET200C 8DA DC 24V / 2A with LSPM 2 MLFB<6ES7 142-0BF10-0XB0> Ident 0x8012 H
V4.0;
C-8DO/2A DP;
SIEMENS ;
SIMATIC_S7;
ET200 ;
ET200C/24V/DP ;
32786;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
00000;
1111011111;
032;
032;
032;
015;
012;
PV005;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
PSL000;
KV000;
SY;
DKM000;
[74 char.]
[5 char.]
[18 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[16 char.]
[6 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[6 char.]
[11 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
Type Files
B-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.1.4 Type File SN8013TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-16DI/16DO/2A DP
Type file SN8013TD.200: COM ET 200 V4.x - C-16DI/16DO/2A DP [char.]
ET200C 16DE / 16DA DC 24V / 0.5A MLFB<6ES7 143-0BL.0-0XB0> Ident 0x8013 H
V4.0;
C-16DI/16DO/2A DP;
SIEMENS ;
SIMATIC_S7;
ET200 ;
ET200C/24V/DP ;
32787;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
00000;
1111011111;
032;
032;
032;
015;
012;
PV005;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
PSL000;
KV000;
SY;
DKM000;
[73 char.]
[5 char.]
[18 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[16 char.]
[6 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[6 char.]
[11 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
Type Files
B-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.2 Type Files of ET 200C Analog Modules for COM ET 200 Windows
In order to configure an ET 200C with COM ET 200 Windows, you must
make sure that the type file of the ET 200C module is installed in the direc-
tory of COM ET 200 Windows.
The designations of the type files for ET 200C analog modules with
COM ET 200 Windows are as follows:
Table B-2 Designations of Type Files for ET 200C Analog Modules
Station type Order number Type file
C-4/8AI DP 6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0 SI800FAD.200
C-4AI DP 6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0 SI800EAD.200
C-4AO DP 6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0 SI800DAD.200
Type Files
Type Files
B-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.2.1 Type File SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP
Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP [char.]
ET 200C AI4/8 x 12 Bit, MLFB<6ES7 144-0KH00-0XB0>, Siemens-Slave, V 1.0
V5.x;
C-4/8AI DP;
SIEMENS ;
ET 200C ;
ET 200 ;
ET200C/ANALOG ;
32783;
Y;
Y;
Y;
N;
Y;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
00030;
0001011111;
016;
000;
004;
028;
043;
PV036;
00;
00;
00;
07;
81;
04;
00;
00;
00;
00;
13;
81;
04;
01;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
[71 char.]
[5 char.]
[18 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[16 char.]
[6 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[6 char.]
[11 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
Type Files
B-9
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP [char.]
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
07;
81;
02;
00;
00;
08;
00;
PSL023;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 0/1 ”BIT0 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 2/3 ”BIT1 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 4/5 ”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 6/7 ”BIT3 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS016”Enable wire breakage msg. CH0/1”BIT0 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS016”Enable wire breakage msg. CH2/3”BIT1 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS016”Enable wire breakage msg. CH4/5”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS016”Enable wire breakage msg. CH6/7”BIT3 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS022”Enable diagnostics alarm ”BIT6 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS022”Enable limit value alarm ”BIT7 ”0”0”1”HI006”;
PS023”Integration time CH 0/1 ”BGR02”10”0”3”HI002”;
PS023”Integration time CH 2/3 ”BGR22”10”0”3”HI002”;
PS023”Integration time CH 4/5 ”BGR42”10”0”3”HI002”;
PS023”Integration time CH 6/7 ”BGR62”10”0”3”HI002”;
PS024”Measurement type/measuring range CH0/1”BYTE”0”0”231”HI003”;
PS025”Measurement type/measuring range CH2/3”BYTE”0”0”231”HI003”;
PS026”Measurement type/measuring range CH4/5”BYTE”0”0”231”HI003”;
PS027”Measurement type/measuring range CH6/7”BYTE”0”0”231”HI003”;
PS028”Upper limit value CH 0 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS030”Lower limit value CH 0 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS032”Upper limit value CH 2 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS034”Lower limit value CH 2 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS041”Measured value presentation ”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI004”;
HTT006;
HI001;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
”enable (enable diag. alarm)”00001”;
HI002;
L4;
”Integration time 2.5 ms ”00000”;
”Integration time 16.7 ms ”00001”;
”Integration time 20 ms ”00002”;
”Integration time 100 ms ”00003”;
HI003;
L41;
”Channel not activated ”00000”;
”Measurement type +/– 80 mV ”00017”;
”Measurement type +/– 0.25 V ”00018”;
”Measurement type +/– 0.5 V ”00019”;
”Measurement type +/– 1 V ”00020”;
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[57 char.]
[57 char.]
[57 char.]
[57 char.]
[58 char.]
[58 char.]
[58 char.]
[58 char.]
[65 char.]
[66 char.]
[65 char.]
[66 char.]
[56 char.]
[7 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[40 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[4 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
Type Files
B-10 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP [char.]
”Measurement type 48 ohms resistance ”00065”;
”Measurement type 150 ohms resistance ”00066”;
”Measurement type 300 ohms resistance ”00068”;
”Measurement type 600 ohms resistance ”00070”;
”Measurement type Pt100 climatic ”00128”;
”Measurement type Ni100 climatic ”00129”;
”Measurement type Pt100 standard ”00130”;
”Measurement type Ni100 standard ”00131”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type N int. ”00161”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type E int. ”00162”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type J int. ”00165”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type L int. ”00166”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type T int. ”00167”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type K int. ”00168”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type U int. ”00169”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type N int./lin. ”00209”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type E int./lin. ”00210”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type J int./lin. ”00213”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type L int./lin. ”00214”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type T int./lin. ”00215”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type K int./lin. ”00216”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type U int./lin. ”00217”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type N ext. ”00177”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type E ext. ”00178”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type J ext. ”00181”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type L ext. ”00182”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type T ext. ”00183”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type K ext. ”00184”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type U ext. ”00185”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type N ext./lin. ”00225”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type E ext./lin. ”00226”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type J ext./lin. ”00229”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type L ext./lin. ”00230”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type T ext./lin. ”00231”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type K ext./lin. ”00232”;
”Measurement type th.cpl, type U ext./lin. ”00233”;
HI004;
L2;
”Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S5”00000”;
”Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S7”00001”;
HI005;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
”enable ”00001”;
HI006;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
”enable (specify limit value) ”00001”;
KV004;
004”000”000”143”192”;
004”000”000”155”064”;
004”000”000”143”192”;
067”071”000”021”197”;
SY;
DKM056;
DBO004”0”Module fault ”1”;
DBO004”1”Internal error ”1”;
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[43 char.]
[43?char.]
Type Files
B-11
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP [char.]
DBO004”2”External error (wire break) ”1”;
DBO004”3”Channel is errored ”1”;
DBO004”6”Module not parameterized ”1”;
DBO004”7”Module parameterization error ”1”;
DBO005”4”Channel information waiting ”1”;
DBO007”4”ADU error ”1”;
DBO012”0”Parameterization error CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”1”Common-mode error CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”3”Short circuit to M CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”4”Wire break CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”6”Measuring range undershot CH0”1”;
DBO012”7”Measuring range overshot CH0”1”;
DBO013”0”Parameterization error CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”1”Common-mode error CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”3”Short circuit to M CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”4”Wire break CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”6”Measuring range undershot CH1”1”;
DBO013”7”Measuring range overshot CH1”1”;
DBO014”0”Parameterization error CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”1”Common-mode error CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”3”Short circuit to M CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”4”Wire break CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”6”Measuring range undershot CH2”1”;
DBO014”7”Measuring range overshot CH2”1”;
DBO015”0”Parameterization error CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”1”Common-mode error CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”3”Short circuit to M CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”4”Wire break CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”6”Measuring range undershot CH3”1”;
DBO015”7”Measuring range overshot CH3”1”;
DBO016”0”Parameterization error CH 4 ”1”;
DBO016”1”Common-mode error CH 4 ”1”;
DBO016”3”Short circuit to M CH 4 ”1”;
DBO016”4”Wire break CH 4 ”1”;
DBO016”6”Measuring range undershot CH4”1”;
DBO016”7”Measuring range overshot CH4”1”;
DBO017”0”Parameterization error CH 5 ”1”;
DBO017”1”Common-mode error CH 5 ”1”;
DBO017”3”Short circuit to M CH 5 ”1”;
DBO017”4”Wire break CH 5 ”1”;
DBO017”6”Measuring range undershot CH5”1”;
DBO017”7”Measuring range overshot CH5”1”;
DBO018”0”Parameterization error CH 6 ”1”;
DBO018”1”Common-mode error CH 6 ”1”;
DBO018”3”Short circuit to M CH 6 ”1”;
DBO018”4”Wire break CH 6 ”1”;
DBO018”6”Measuring range undershot CH6”1”;
DBO018”7”Measuring range overshot CH6”1”;
DBO019”0”Parameterization error CH 7 ”1”;
DBO019”1”Common-mode error CH 7 ”1”;
DBO019”3”Short circuit to M CH 7 ”1”;
DBO019”4”Wire break CH 7 ”1”;
DBO019”6”Measuring range undershot CH7”1”;
DBO019”7”Measuring range overshot CH7”1”;
DKK000;
ET_200C;
ISNONAME;
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[7 char.]
[8 char.]
[9 char.]
Type Files
B-12 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800FAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4/8AI DP [char.]
SO000;
016;
MLFB000;
LSK000;
000;
SPT000;
HTT000;
[6 char.]
[4 char.]
[8 char.]
[7 char.]
[4 char.]
[7 char.]
[7 char.]
Type Files
B-13
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.2.2 Type File SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP
Type file SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP [char.]
ET 200C AI 4 x 12 Bit, MLFB<6ES7 144-0HF00-0XB0>, Siemens-Slave, V 1.0
V5.x;
C-4AI DP;
SIEMENS ;
ET 200C ;
ET 200 ;
ET200C/ANALOG ;
32782;
Y;
Y;
Y;
N;
Y;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
00020;
0001011111;
008;
000;
004;
028;
043;
PV036;
00;
00;
00;
07;
81;
04;
00;
00;
00;
00;
13;
81;
04;
01;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
[70 char.]
[5 char.]
[18 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[16 char.]
[6 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[6 char.]
[11 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
Type Files
B-14 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP [char.]
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
07;
81;
02;
00;
00;
08;
00;
PSL015;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 0 ”BIT0 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 1 ”BIT1 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 2 ”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 3 ”BIT3 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS022”Enable diagnostics alarm ”BIT6 ”0”0”1”HI004”;
PS022”Enable limit value alarm ”BIT7 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS024”Measurement type/measuring range CH 0 ”BYTE ”0”0”35”HI002”;
PS025”Measurement type/measuring range CH 1 ”BYTE ”0”0”35”HI002”;
PS026”Measurement type/measuring range CH 2 ”BYTE ”0”0”35”HI002”;
PS027”Measurement type/measuring range CH 3 ”BYTE ”0”0”35”HI002”;
PS028”Upper limit value CH 0 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS030”Lower limit value CH 0 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS032”Upper limit value CH 2 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS034”Lower limit value CH 2 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS041”Measured value presentation ”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI003”;
HTT005;
HI001;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
”enable (enable diag. alarm) ”00001”;
HI002;
L8;
”Channel not activated ”00000”;
”Measurement type +/– 1.25 V ”00020”;
”Measurement type +/– 2.5 V ”00021”;
”Measurement type +/– 5.0 V ”00022”;
”Measurement type +/– 10 V ”00025”;
”Measurement type +/– 20 mA ”00036”;
”Measurement type 0 – 20 mA ”00034”;
”Measurement type 4 – 20 mA ”00035”;
HI003;
L2;
”Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S5”00000”;
”Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S7”00001”;
HI004;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
”enable ”00001”;
HI005;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[57 char.]
[57 char.]
[57 char.]
[57 char.]
[69 char.]
[70 char.]
[69 char.]
[70 char.]
[56 char.]
[7 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
Type Files
B-15
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800EAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AI DP [char.]
”enable (specify limit value) ”00001”;
KV004;
004”000”000”143”192”;
004”000”000”155”064”;
004”000”000”143”192”;
067”067”000”021”196”;
SY;
DKM020;
DBO004”0”Module malfunction ”1”;
DBO004”1”Internal error ”1”;
DBO004”3”Channel is errored ”1”;
DBO004”6”Module not parameterized ”1”;
DBO004”7”Module parameterization error ”1”;
DBO005”4”Channel information waiting ”1”;
DBO007”2”EEPROM error ”1”;
DBO007”4”ADU error ”1”;
DBO012”0”Parameterization error CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”6”Measuring range undershot CH0”1”;
DBO012”7”Measuring range overshot CH0”1”;
DBO013”0”Parameterization error CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”6”Measuring range undershot CH1”1”;
DBO013”7”Measuring range overshot CH1”1”;
DBO014”0”Parameterization error CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”6”Measuring range undershot CH2”1”;
DBO014”7”Measuring range overshot CH2”1”;
DBO015”0”Parameterization error CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”6”Measuring range undershot CH3”1”;
DBO015”7”Measuring range overshot CH3”1”;
DKK000;
ET_200C;
ISNONAME;
SO000;
008;
MLFB000;
LSK000;
000;
SPT000;
HTT000;
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[7 char.]
[8 char.]
[9 char.]
[6 char.]
[4 char.]
[8 char.]
[7 char.]
[4 char.]
[7 char.]
[7 char.]
Type Files
B-16 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
B.2.3 Type File SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP
Type file SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP [char.]
ET 200C AO4 x 12 Bit, MLFB<6ES7 145-0HF00-0XB0>, Siemens-Slave, V 1.0
V5.x;
C-4AO DP;
SIEMENS ;
ET 200C ;
ET 200 ;
ET200C/ANALOG ;
32781;
Y;
Y;
Y;
Y;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
N;
00020;
0001011111;
000;
008;
004;
028;
043;
PV036;
00;
00;
00;
07;
81;
04;
00;
00;
00;
00;
13;
81;
04;
01;
00;
00;
00;
25;
25;
25;
25;
00;
[69 char.]
[5 char.]
[18 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[11 char.]
[16 char.]
[6 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[2 char.]
[6 char.]
[11 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[4 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
Type Files
B-17
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP [char.]
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
00;
07;
81;
02;
00;
00;
08;
00;
PSL018;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 0 ”BIT0 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 1 ”BIT1 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 2 ”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS015”Enable diagnostics CH 3 ”BIT3 ”0”0”1”HI005”;
PS022”Enable diagnostics alarm ”BIT6 ”0”0”1”HI001”;
PS023”Type substitute value CH 0 ”BIT0 ”0”0”1”HI002”;
PS023”Type substitute value CH 1 ”BIT1 ”0”0”1”HI002”;
PS023”Type substitute value CH 2 ”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI002”;
PS023”Type substitute value CH 3 ”BIT3 ”0”0”1”HI002”;
PS024”Output type / range CH 0 ”BYTE ”25”23”36”HI003”;
PS025”Output type / range CH 1 ”BYTE ”25”23”36”HI003”;
PS026”Output type / range CH 2 ”BYTE ”25”23”36”HI003”;
PS027”Output type / range CH 3 ”BYTE ”25”23”36”HI003”;
PS028”Substitute value CH 0 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS030”Substitute value CH 1 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS032”Substitute value CH 2 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS034”Substitute value CH 3 ”INT ”0”–32768”32767”HI000”;
PS041”Measured value presentation ”BIT2 ”0”0”1”HI004”;
HTT005;
HI001;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
”enable ”00001”;
HI002;
L2;
”Substitute value : parameterizable ”00000”;
”Substitute value : last value ”00001”;
HI003;
L6;
”Output range 1 – 5 V ”00023”;
”Output range 0 – 10 V ”00024”;
”Output range +/– 10 V ”00025”;
”Output range 0 – 20 mA ”00034”;
”Output range 4 – 20 mA ”00035”;
”Output range +/– 20 mA ”00036”;
HI004;
L2;
”Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S5”00000”;
”Measured value presentation, SIMATIC S7”00001”;
HI005;
L2;
”disable ”00000”;
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[56 char.]
[59 char.]
[59 char.]
[59 char.]
[59 char.]
[65 char.]
[65 char.]
[65 char.]
[65 char.]
[56 char.]
[7 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[3 char.]
[39 char.]
Type Files
B-18 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Type file SI800DAD.200: COM ET 200 Windows - C-4AO DP [char.]
”enable (specify limit value) ”00001”;
KV004;
004”000”000”143”192”;
004”000”000”155”064”;
004”000”000”143”192”;
131”067”000”037”224”;
SY;
DKM031;
DBO004”1”Internal error ”1”;
DBO004”2”External error (wire break) ”1”;
DBO004”3”Channel is errored ”1”;
DBO004”6”Module not parameterized ”1”;
DBO004”7”Module parameterization error ”1”;
DBO004”0”Module error ”1”;
DBO007”4”DAU error ”1”;
DBO012”0”Parameterization error CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”1”Common-mode error CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”2”Short circuit to P CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”3”Short circuit to M CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”4”Wire break CH 0 ”1”;
DBO012”6”No load voltage CH 0 ”1”;
DBO013”0”Parameterization error CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”1”Common-mode error CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”2”Short circuit to P CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”3”Short circuit to M CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”4”Wire break CH 1 ”1”;
DBO013”6”No load voltage CH 1 ”1”;
DBO014”0”Parameterization error CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”1”Common-mode error CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”2”Short circuit to P CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”3”Short circuit to M CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”4”Wire break CH 2 ”1”;
DBO014”6”No load voltage CH 2 ”1”;
DBO015”0”Parameterization error CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”1”Common-mode error CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”2”Short circuit to P CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”3”Short circuit to M CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”4”Wire break CH 3 ”1”;
DBO015”6”No load voltage CH 3 ”1”;
DKK000;
ET_200C;
ISNONAME;
SO000;
008;
MLFB000;
LSK000;
000;
SPT000;
HTT000;
[39 char.]
[6 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[21 char.]
[3 char.]
[7 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[43 char.]
[7 char.]
[8 char.]
[9 char.]
[6 char.]
[4 char.]
[8 char.]
[7 char.]
[4 char.]
[7 char.]
[7 char.]
Type Files
C-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Safety-Related Guidelines
The following guidelines are intended to ensure personal safety as well as to
protect the products and equipment connected against damage.
In this Chapter
C
C-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
C.1 Active and Passive Faults in Automation Equipment
Depending on the particular task for which the electronic automation equip-
ment is used, both active as well as passive faults can result in a dangerous
situation. For example, in drive control, an active fault is generally dangerous
because it can result in an unauthorized startup of the drive. On the other
hand, a passive fault in a signalling function can result in a dangerous operat-
ing state not being reported to the operator.
The differentiation of the possible faults and their classification into danger-
ous and non-dangerous faults, depending on the particular task, is important
for all safety considerations in respect to the product supplied.
!Warning
In all cases where a fault in automation equipment can result in severe
personal injury or substantial property damage, i.e., where a dangerous fault
can occur, additional external measures must be taken or equipment
provided to ensure or force safe operating conditions even in the event of a
fault (e.g., by means of independent limit monitors, mechanical interlocks,
etc.).
If you are carrying out measurement or testing work on the ET 200C distrib-
uted I/O station, you must adhere to the rules and regulations contained in
the VBG 4.0 Accident Prevention Regulations of the German employers li-
ability assurance association (“Berufsgenossenschaften”). Pay particular
attention to paragraph 8, “Permissible exceptions when working on live
parts”.
Repairs may only be carried out by Siemens service personnel or Siemens-
authorized repair shops.
Active and Passive
Faults
Procedures for
Maintenance and
Repair
Safety-Related Guidelines
C-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
C.2 Suggestions for Configuring and Installing a Distributed I/O Station
A distributed I/O station is often used as a component in a larger system. The
suggestions contained in the following warning are intended to help you
install your distributed I/O system safely.
!Warning
Adhere to any safety and accident-prevention regulations applicable to
your situation and system.
If your system has a permanent power connection (stationary equipment)
that is not equipped with an isolating switch and/or fuses that disconnect
all poles, install either a suitable isolating switch or fuses in the building
wiring system. Connect your system to a ground conductor.
Before startup, if you have units that operate using the main power
supply, make sure that the voltage range setting of the equipment
matches the local main power voltage.
When using a 24 V supply, make sure to provide proper electric isolation
between the main supply and the 24 V supply. Use only power supplies
manufactured according to IEC 364-4-41 or HD 384.04.41 (VDE 0100,
Part 410).
Fluctuations or deviations of the supply voltage from the rated value may
not exceed the tolerance limit specified in the technical specifications. If
they do, functional failures or dangerous conditions can occur in the
electronic modules or equipment.
Take suitable measures to make sure that programs that are interrupted
by a voltage dip or power failure resume proper operation when the
power is restored. Make sure that dangerous operating conditions do not
occur even momentarily. If necessary, force an EMERGENCY OFF.
EMERGENCY OFF devices must be in accordance with EN 60204/
IEC 204 (VDE 0113) and be effective in all operating modes of the
equipment. Make certain to prevent any uncontrolled or undefined restart
when the EMERGENCY OFF devices are released.
Install power supply and signal cables so that inductive and capacitive
interference cannot affect the automation functions.
Install your automation system and its operative components so as to
prevent unintentional operation.
Automation equipment can assume an undefined state in the case of a
wire break in the signal lines. To prevent this, take the proper hardware
and software safety measures when linking the inputs and outputs of the
automation equipment.
Warnings
Safety-Related Guidelines
C-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Safety-Related Guidelines
Glossary-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Glossary
A
Can transmit data to other nodes or request data from other nodes when they
have a permission to send (= master station).
An active node is, for example, the IM 308-B master interface module.
B
Data transmission speed: specifies the number of bits transmitted per second
(baud rate = bit rate).
You must created a binary file if you also wish to save the data you exported
to the memory card on the PG/PC. Like the memory card, the binary file con-
tains all of the bus, slave and master parameters created with COM ET 200.
The binary file is formatted in such a way that it can be read by different ver-
sions of COM ET 200.
Common transmission path for all nodes connected; with defined termination
points.
All ET 200C modules have a bus connection (12-pin socket). This bus con-
nection has several functions:
Connection to the SINEC L2-DP field bus
Connection to the power supply
Connection to the field bus and power supply at a single socket
Device that can send, receive or amplify data via the bus, e.g. master station,
slave station, repeater, active star hub, etc.
In the ET 200C, only the digital modules are nodes. All other devices cannot
send or receive data. They also have no station number (e.g. PS connector,
programmer connector, etc.).
³ Segment
Active nodes
Baud rate
Binary file
Bus
Bus connection
Busnode
Bussegment
Glossary-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
C
A DP master can send commands for synchronizing the slave stations to one
slave, a group of slaves or all slaves simultaneously.
Event-controlled synchronization is possible via the control commands
³ FREEZE and ³ SYNC.
Programmer interface module for connection to SINEC L2 and SINEC
L2-DP. The CP5410-S5DOS/ST can only be plugged into the PG 730, 750
and 770 programmers.
The slave station is addressed at regular intervals by the master.
The master (e.g. the IM 308-B) reads the input data from the slaves and
passes output data on to the slaves.
D
The upper-most level of the slave-specific diagnostics. The device-related
diagnostics refer to the entire slave.
Detection, location, classification, display, additional evaluation of errors,
faults and messages.
Diagnostics includes monitoring functions that are automatically executed
during normal operation.
Application: Increasing the availability of a system/plant by cutting start-up
and idle times.
Comprises the input/output units connected in a distributed configuration, i.e.
at a distance from the CPU:
ET 200B,
ET 200C,
ET 200U or
third-party systems.
³ Master system which communicates with the slave stations in accor-
dance with a defined algorithm and supplies the user with data.
Bus protocol developed by Siemens.
Control command
CP5410-S5DOS/ST
Cyclical
processing
Device-related
diagnostics
Diagnostics
Distributed I/O
DP master
DP Siemens
Glossary
Glossary-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
³ DP standard slave
Short name for draft standard DIN 19245, part 3
³ Slave station which behaves in accordance with draft standard DIN 19245,
part 3
E
The conductive soil where the potential at all points can be assumed equal to
zero.
Connecting an electrically conductive part to the earthing electrode via the
earthing system.
One or more conductive part(s) that make good contact with the earth.
All measures taken to establish a chassis connection.
Distributed I/O system from Siemens for connecting distributed I/O stations
to the programmable controllers S5-115U ... S5155U or any other adequate
master.
The ET 200 is characterized by fast response times as only small volumes of
data (bytes) are transferred. ET 200 is based on the PROFIBUS standard
(DIN 19245, part 1) and the draft standard PROFIBUS-DP (DIN 19245,
part 3).
ET 200 operates in accordance with the master/slave principle. The
IM 308-B or any host incorporating the CP 5480-DP can be master.
The distributed I/O stations ET 200B, ET 200C or ET 200U or other devices
not supplied by Siemens can be configured as slaves.
F
is a control command which is sent from the master to the slave.
The master uses this command to freeze the current states of the inputs. The
input data is then only updated again when the control command UN-
FREEZE is sent by the master.
DP slave
DP standard
DP standard slave
Earth
Earthing
Earthing electrode
Earthing measures
ET 200
FREEZE
Glossary
Glossary-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
G
Device master data file. File in which the slave-specific characteristics such
as number of inputs and outputs, number of diagnostics bytes, SYNC capabil-
ity etc. are defined. One GSD file is available for each Siemens DP standard
slave.
This file is only necessary if you wish to connect DP standard slaves to a
non-Siemens DP master. No GSD file is required if you use a Siemens DP
master. The device master data for Siemens DP masters is defined in the ³
type file (COM ET 200-specific format).
The DP slaves must be arranged in groups to which the control commands
SYNC or FREEZE are to be output.
Several slaves can be combined to form a group. A DP slave can belong to
several groups but to only one ³ master system.
Affiliation of a bus station with a ³ group.
H
A host is a system or device which incorporates at least one DP master, e.g.:
The programmable controller with the CPU is the host and the IM 308-C
the DP master.
The PC is the host and the CP 5480 the DP master.
I
Degree of protection to DIN 40050; full protection against contact with live
or moving parts, contamination, dust and the harmful ingression of heavy sea
water or harsh water jets.
Degree of protection to DIN 40050; full protection against contact with live
or moving parts, contamination and dust and protection against the harmful
effects of immersion in water under pressure.
In isolated I/O modules, the reference potentials of the control and load cir-
cuits are electrically isolated. The input and output circuits are not
“grouped”, i.e. the input and output circuits are not connected to a common
potential (so-called group of one).
GSD file
Group
Group affiliation
Host
IP 66
IP 67
Isolated
Glossary
Glossary-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
M
Module for distributed configurations. The IM 308-B master interface mod-
ule is used for “connecting” the distributed I/O to the programmable control-
ler.
Bus access method providing for only one ³ active node while all other
nodes are ³ passive.
All slave stations which are assigned to a master, together with the master,
form a master system.
is a slave parameter in COM ET 200. If a slave station is not addressed wit-
hin the monitoring time, all outputs will be set to ”0” (safe condition).
N
In non-floating I/O modules, the reference potentials of the control and load
circuits are electrically interconnected.
O
indicates the slave station for which a diagnostics message is present.
P
They may exchange data with an active node only after being requested to do
so by the active node (= slave station).
This is the master which is authorized to parameterize a slave station.
PROcess FIeld BUS, German process and field bus standard defined in the
PROFIBUS standard (DIN 19245).
It specifies functional, electrical and mechanical characteristics for a bit-se-
rial field bus system.
PROFIBUS-DP draft standard (DIN 19245, Part 3) on which the ET 200 dis-
tributed I/O system is based.
Master interface
module
Master-slave
access method
Master system
Monitoring time
Non-floating
”Overview”
diagnostics
Passive nodes
Parameterization
master
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS-DP
Glossary
Glossary-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
A conductor required for protective measures against shock currents. It is
symbolized by PE.
R
Potential to which the voltages of the circuits concerned are referred and/or
with respect to which they are measured.
Period between an edge at the input and the programmed output signal
change.
The response time of an ET 200C can be ignored when estimating the re-
sponse times in the distributed I/O system. The response times of the distrib-
uted I/O system are described in the manual ”ET 200 Distributed I/O Sys-
tem”.
S
AC impedance of the cable screen. The screen impedance is a characteristic
of the cable used and is usually specified by the manufacturer.
The bus line between two terminating resistors constitutes a segment. A seg-
ment includes 0 to 32 ³ nodes. Segments can be linked via repeaters.
Caused by a fault; it conductively connects conductors that are energized in
normal operation if no resistance is inserted in the faulty circuit.
LAN that interfaces PROFIBUS-compatible programmable controllers and
field devices both at the cell and field levels.
SINEC L2 LAN with DP protocol. DP denotes the distributed I/O. ET 200
corresponds to SINEC L2-DP.
Each ET 200 node must be assigned a station number. The programmer or
ET 200 handheld unit are addressed by means of station number “0”;
Master and slave have the same station number in the range 1 ... 125.
Exception: ET 200B has a station number from the range 1 ... 99.
This is a master mode. No data is exchanged between the master and slaves
in this mode.
Protective
conductor
Reference
potential
Response time
Screen impedance
Segment
Short-circuit
SINEC L2
SINEC L2-DP
Station number
STOP
Glossary
Glossary-7
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
This is a ³ control command which is sent from the master to the slave.
The master uses this control command to freeze the current states of the out-
puts. The output data is stored with the frames that follow; the output states,
however, remain unchanged. The outputs are then only updated again when
the control command UNSYNC is sent by the master.
T
Resistance for matching to the impedance of a bus cable; terminating resis-
tors are generally required for terminating cables or segments.
In the ET 200C, the terminating resistor screws onto the bus connection of an
ET 200C module or onto a T connector.
File which is required by the COM ET 200 in order to configure a slave sta-
tion. The type file contains slave-specific characteristics such as number of
inputs and outputs, number of diagnostics bytes, SYNC capability etc. are
defined.
One type file, which is generated by Siemens and is part of COM ET 200
(from version 4.1), is available for each ET 200C station type.
U
³ FREEZE
Configuration without any electrical connection to ground. In most cases, the
fault currents are discharged via an RC element. (See Manual Guidelines on
Fault-Free Installation of Programmable Controllers.)
³ SYNC
W
This means that there is an interruption in the supply leads to the sensor or in
the sensor itself.
SYNC
Terminating
resistor
Type file
UNFREEZE
Ungrounded
configuration
UNSYNC
Wire break
Glossary
Glossary-8 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Glossary
Index-1
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Index
A
Active nodes, Glossary-1
Adapter cable, 1-4, 2-16, 3-23, 6-2, 6-3, 9-2
connections, 3-23
technical specifications, 13-9
Address area, 5-5
Address assignment, 5-1
Addressing, 5-1, 5-7
Analog input module AI 4 x 12 Bit, 1-3
DIL switches, 4-32
technical data, 12-20
terminal assignment, 4-31
wiring, 4-30
Analog input module AI 4/8 x 12 Bit, 1-3
DIL switches, 4-23
technical data, 12-2
terminal assignment, 4-22
Analog output module AO 4 x 12 Bit, 1-3
technical data, 12-33
wiring, 4-35
Anlog modules, DIL switches, 4-43
B
Baud rate, Glossary-1
Binary file, Glossary-1
Bus, Glossary-1
Bus cable. See Cables
Bus connection, Glossary-1
digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 3-3
digital input/output module
DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 3-9
digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A,
3-5
digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A,
3-7
programmer connector, 3-19
T connector, 3-17
wiring, 4-10
Bus node, Glossary-1
Bus segment, Glossary-1
C
Cables, 1-4, 3-20
made up by the customer, 4-8
prefabricated, 4-8
technical specifications, 13-7
Characteristics, of ET 200C, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6
Circular connectors, rules for connection, 4-9
COM ET 200, 5-1
Components, ET 200C, 3-1
Conduit-thread gland, 1-4
Configuration
grounded, 4-3, 4-4
ungrounded, 4-3, 4-6, Glossary-7
with programmer connector, 2-16
with PS connector
– with T connectors, 2-7
– without T connector, 2-4
with several PS connectors, 2-10
without PS connector, 2-12
Configuration options, 2-1
Connection
of current sensors, 4-34
of inputs, 4-13, 4-21, 4-30
of inputs and outputs for
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19
of outputs, 4-15, 4-35
of power supply only, 4-12
of programmer connector, 3-19
of resistance thermometer, 4-27, 4-28
of SINEC L2-DP and power supply, 4-10,
4-12
of SINEC-L2 DP only, 4-11
of the ET 200 handheld, 9-2
of the programmer, 6-2
of thermocouples, 4-24, 4-25, 4-26
of voltage sensors, 4-29, 4-33
options, 4-11
Index-2 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Connections
adapter cable, 3-23
digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 3-2
digital input/output module
DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 3-8
digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A,
3-4
digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A,
3-6
for sealing unused connections, 4-13, 4-17,
4-19, 4-22, 4-31, 4-41, 4-42
for sealing unused outputs, 4-15
power supply connector, 3-18
sealing of unused connections, 4-12
T connector, 3-17
Control command, Glossary-2
CP5410-S5DOS/ST, 3-23, Glossary-2
Current sensors, 4-34
D
Data throughput, 1-4, 1-5
Device-related diagnostics, Glossary-2
Diagnostics, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, Glossary-2
manufacturer, 7-17
station status, 7-10, 7-11, 7-12, 7-13, 7-14,
7-15, 8-14–8-16
Diagnostics functions, 3-23
Diagnostics word, 7-8
Digital input DI 8 x DC 24V, wiring, 4-13
Digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 1-3, 3-2
connections, 3-2
technical specifications, 11-2
Digital input/output module
DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 1-3, 3-8
connections, 3-8
technical specifications, 11-16
wiring, 4-13, 4-15, 4-17, 4-19
Digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A,
1-3, 3-4
connections, 3-4
technical specifications, 11-6
wiring, 4-15
Digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A, 1-3,
3-6
connections, 3-6
technical specifications, 11-11
wiring, 4-15
DIL switches, 4-23, 4-32, 4-43
DIN 19245, 1-2
Distributed I/O, Glossary-2
DP master, Glossary-2
DP Siemens, Glossary-2
DP standard, Glossary-3
Drill-hole templates, 4-2
E
Earth, Glossary-3
Earthing electrode, Glossary-3
Earthing measures, Glossary-3
Electrical isolation, 1-4, 1-5
Electrical wiring, 4-3
ET 200, 1-2
ET 200 distributed I/O system, 1-2
ET 200 handheld, 2-16, 3-23
connect, 9-2
ET 200C, 1-3
characteristics, 1-4, 1-5
components, 3-1
wiring, 4-8
ET 200C distributed I/O system, 1-3
External load voltage supply, connect, rules,
2-6, 2-9, 2-14
External power supply
connect, 4-42
wiring of, 4-42
F
Fault diagnostics
using COM ET 200, 7-5
using LEDs, 7-2, 8-2
using STEP 5, 7-7, 8-6
FREEZE, Glossary-3
G
General reset, 9-2
General technical specifications, 10-1, 10-3
Grounded configuration, 4-4
rules, 4-4
Group, Glossary-4
Group affiliation, Glossary-4
GSD file, B-1, Glossary-4
Index
Index-3
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
H
Handheld, connect, 9-2
Header, 7-18
Host, Glossary-4
I
Individual diagnostics, 7-5, 7-18
Input channels, 3-3, 3-9
Inputs
connect for 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17,
4-19
connecting, 4-13, 4-21, 4-30
Installation, 4-2
rules, 4-2
Installation position, 4-2
Insulation monitoring, 4-6
IP 66, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, Glossary-4
IP 66/IP 67, guarantee of, 4-2
IP 67, 1-3, 1-4, 1-5, Glossary-4
Isolated, Glossary-4
L
LEDs, 1-4, 1-5, 1-6, 7-2, 7-2, 8-2, 8-2
Load power supply, 4-4, 4-6
Load voltage supply
connect, 4-41
wiring of, 4-41
M
Main power fuse, 4-4, 4-6
Main switch, 4-4, 4-6
Manufacturer ID, 7-17
Master interface module, Glossary-5
Master system, Glossary-5
Master -slave access method, Glossary-5
Metal caps, for sealing unused connections,
4-12, 4-41, 4-42
Monitoring time, Glossary-5
N
Nodes, passive, Glossary-5
Non-floating, Glossary-5
O
Output channels, 3-5, 3-7, 3-9
Outputs
connect for 6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17,
4-19
connecting, 4-15, 4-35
Overview, of digital and analog modules for the
ET 200C, 10-2
”Overview” diagnostics, Glossary-5
P
Parameterization master , Glossary-5
Passive nodes, Glossary-5
Pin assignment
for inputs, 4-21, 4-30
for inputs and outputs for
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19
for outputs, 4-35
inputs of ET 200C; AI 4 x 12 Bit, 4-31, A-7
inputs/outputs of ET 200C;
DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24 V/2A
6ES7 143-0BL10-0XB0, A-3
outputs of ET 200C; AI 4/8 x 12 Bit, 4-22,
A-6
outputs of ET 200C; AO 4 x 12 Bit, 4-36,
A-8
Pin assignment (12-pin circular connector)
for power supply connection only, 4-12
for SINEC L2-DP and power supply connec-
tion, 4-12
for SINEC L2-DP connection only, 4-11
Pin assignment (12-pin circular plug)
for power supply only, A-2, A-5
for SINEC L2-DP and power supply, A-2,
A-5
for SINEC L2-DP only, A-2, A-5
Pin assignment (4-pin circular connector)
for inputs, 4-13
for outputs, 4-15
Pin assignment (5-pin circular plug)
for inputs, A-3
for outputs, A-3
Pin assignment (6-pin circular connector)
for external power supply, 4-42
for load voltage supply connection, 4-41
Index
Index-4 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Pin assignment (6-pin circular plug)
for external power supply, A-4
for load voltage supply, A-4
Power supply
See also Power supply connector
connect, rules, 2-15
connections, 3-18, 4-10
external, connect, 4-42
external, wiring of, 4-42
Power supply cable. See Cables
Power supply connector, 1-4, 3-18
technical specifications, 13-3
PROFIBUS, 1-2, Glossary-5
PROFIBUS-DP, 1-2, Glossary-5
Programmer, connect, 2-16, 6-2
Programmer connecting cable, 2-16, 3-23, 6-2,
6-3
Programmer connector, 3-19, 3-19, 6-3
connect, rules, 2-17
technical specifications, 13-5
Programmer interface module
CP5410-S5DOS/ST, 3-23
Programmers, 3-23
Protective conductor, Glossary-6
Protective conductor connection, 1-4, 1-5
Proximity switch, 1-4, 1-5
R
Reference potential, Glossary-6
Resistance thermometer, 4-27, 4-28
Response time, Glossary-6
Rules
for connecting the ET 200 handheld, 9-2
for connecting the programmer, 6-2
for connecting the programmer connector,
2-17
for current connection, 2-15
for grounded configuration, 4-4
for installation, 4-2
for the external load voltage supply, 2-6, 2-9,
2-14
for the T connector, 2-9, 2-14
for ungrounded configuration, 4-6
S
Screen
CONFIGURING (1), 5-3, 5-4
CONFIGURING (2), 5-5, 5-6
CONFIGURING (3), 5-7, 5-9
DIAGNOSTICS: OVERVIEW, 7-5
INDIVIDUAL DIAGNOSTICS, 7-5
STARTUP/TEST: STATION SELECTED,
6-4, 6-5
STARTUP/TEST: STATUS/FORCE, 6-6
Screen impedance, Glossary-6
Segment, Glossary-6
Set station number, 3-23
Short-circuit, Glossary-6
SINEC L2, 1-2, Glossary-6
SINEC L2-DP, 1-2, Glossary-6
connection, 4-10
Spur line, 2-17
Startup
with ET 200 handheld, 6-1, 9-1
with programmer and COM ET 200, 6-1, 6-4
Station diagnostics, 7-8, 7-11, 7-13, 7-15
Station number, 4-44, 5-3, Glossary-6
Station status, 7-10, 7-11, 7-12, 7-13, 7-14,
7-15, 8-14–8-16
Station type, 5-5
STOP, Glossary-6
SYNC, Glossary-7
T
T connector, 1-4, 3-17
connect, rules, 2-9, 2-14
connections, 3-17
technical specifications, 13-2
Technical data
analog input module AI 4 x 12 Bit, 12-20
analog input module AI 4/8 x 12 Bit, 12-2
analog output module AO 4 x 12 Bit, 12-33
Index
Index-5
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Technical specifications
adapter cable, 13-9
cables, 13-7
digital input module DI 8 x DC 24V, 11-2
digital input/output module
DI 16/DO 16 x DC 24V/2A, 11-16
digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/0.5A,
11-6
digital output module DO 8 x DC 24V/2A,
11-11
general, 10-1, 10-3
power supply connector, 13-3
programmer connector, 13-5
T connector, 13-2
terminating resistor , 13-8
Terminal assignment, 4-22, 4-31
Terminating resistor, 1-4, 3-22, Glossary-7
technical specifications, 13-8
Test
with ET 200 handheld, 6-1, 9-1
with programmer and COM ET 200, 6-1, 6-6
Test and startup, 3-23, 6-1
Thermocouple, 4-24, 4-25, 4-26
Twist caps
for sealing unused connections, 4-17, 4-19,
4-22, 4-31
for sealing unused outputs, 4-15
for unused inputs, 4-13
Type file, B-1, Glossary-7
U
UNFREEZE, Glossary-7
Ungrounded configuration, 4-6
rules, 4-6
UNSYNC, Glossary-7
V
Voltage sensors, 4-29, 4-33
W
Wire break, Glossary-7
Wiring
electrical, 4-3
inputs, 4-30
of digital output modules, 4-15
of ET 200C, 4-8
of inputs and outputs of
6ES7 143-0BL110-0XB0, 4-17, 4-19
of outputs, 4-35
of the bus connection, 4-10
of the digital inputs, 4-13
of the external power supply, 4-42
of the load voltage supply, 4-41
Index
Index-6 ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
Index
Siemens AG
AUT 125 Doku
Postfach 1963
D–92209 Amberg
Federal Republic of Germany
From:
Your Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Your Title: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Company Name: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Street: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
City, Zip Code: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Country: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phone: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Please check any industry that applies to you:
Automotive
Chemical
Electrical Machinery
Food
Instrument and Control
Nonelectrical Machinery
Petrochemical
Pharmaceutical
Plastic
Pulp and Paper
Textiles
Transportation
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional comments:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remarks Form
Your comments and recommendations will help us to improve the quality and usefulness
of our publications. Please take the first available opportunity to fill out this questionnaire
and return it to Siemens.
Title of Your Manual: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Order No. of Your Manual: Release:. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Please give each of the following questions your own personal mark within the range
from 1 (very good) to 5 (poor).
1. Do the contents meet your requirements?
2. Is the information you need easy to find?
3. Is the text easy to understand?
4. Does the level of technical detail meet your requirements?
5. Please rate the quality of the graphics/tables:
Please do not forget to state the title, order number, and release of your manual.
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
163 mm
6.42 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C DI 8 DC 24V
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/0.5 A
ET 200C DO 8 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C AI 4/8 12 Bit
ET 200C AI 4 12 Bit
ET 200C AO 4 12 Bit
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
240 mm
110 mm
Drill-hole template
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
240 mm
110 mm
Drill-hole template
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C DI 16/DO 16 DC 24V/2A
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
63 mm
2.48 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
Power-supply connector
Drill-holes: M4 thread
63 mm
2.48 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
Power-supply connector
Drill-holes: M4 thread
63 mm
2.48 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
Power-supply connector
Drill-holes: M4 thread
63 mm
2.48 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
Power-supply connector
Drill-holes: M4 thread
63 mm
2.48 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
Power-supply connector
Drill-holes: M4 thread
63 mm
2.48 inches
52 mm
2.05 inches
Drill-hole template
Power-supply connector
Drill-holes: M4 thread
ET 200C Distributed I/O Station
EW A 4NEB 812 6119-02b
14 mm
0.55 inch 14 mm
0.55 inch
14 mm
0.55 inch 14 mm
0.55 inch
14 mm
0.55 inch 14 mm
0.55 inch
